RELEASE_NOTES revision 141858
1			SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES
2      $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1709 2005/01/12 04:32:31 ca Exp $
3
4
5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7summary of the changes in that release.
8
98.13.3/8.13.3	2005/01/11
10	Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS
11		is active.
12	Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed
13		due to a 421 error.  Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
14		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
15	Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while
16		closing a connection.  Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
17		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
18	Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the
19		next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at
20		connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy
21		SMTP reply code.  Problem noted by Mark Tranchant.
22
238.13.2/8.13.2	2004/12/15
24	Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal
25		buffer size.  Previously a part of such a header would
26		end up in the body of the message.  Problem noted by
27		Simple Nomad of BindView.
28	Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking
29		headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses.
30		Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University.
31	If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between
32		message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more
33		messages on that connection.  This prevents bogus "Bad
34		file number" recipient status.  Problem noted by
35		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
36	Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC
37		2821.  Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services.
38	Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size
39		for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g.,
40		Cyrus IMAP lmtp server.  Based on patch by Jamie Clark.
41	When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut
42		them off at a comma.  Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki.
43	Add more logging to milter change header functions to
44		complement existing logging.  Based on patch from
45		Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
46	Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined.
47		Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart.
48	Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address
49		to a hostname for use with SASL.  Problem noted by Ken Jones;
50		patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO.
51	CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog
52		mailer.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
53	LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after
54		xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered.
55		Patch from Alexey Kravchuk.
56	LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow
57		different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main().
58		Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark.
59	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting.  Problem
60		noted by Nelson Fung.
61	MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access
62		mail.local.  Problem noted by William Park.
63	VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting.  Problem noted
64		by Nelson Fung.
65	Portability:
66		Add support for DragonFly BSD.
67	New Files:
68		cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4
69		devtools/OS/DragonFly
70		include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h
71	Deleted Files:
72		libsm/vsscanf.c
73
748.13.1/8.13.1	2004/07/30
75	Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the
76		objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the
77		alias expansion.  Problem noted by Brenden Conte of
78		Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
79	Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is
80		(partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
81	Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body
82		but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is
83		smaller than the size of the memory buffer.  Problem noted
84		by David Russell.
85	Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified
86		but the other side presented a cert that was signed by
87		a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL,
88		verification would always fail.  Problem noted by Al Smith.
89	Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and
90		the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate.
91		Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint.
92	${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero.
93		Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc.
94	CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after
95		FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not
96		use the access map.  Note: if no default value is given
97		for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if
98		FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it.
99		Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of
100		Bielefeld.
101	CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause')
102		is used to give more flexibility for local changes.
103	Portability:
104		Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code.  Problem
105			noted by Geoff Adams.
106		NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3).  Patch from Andrew Brown.
107		NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in
108			a system.  Patch from Andrew Brown.
109		Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential
110			incompatibilities with various *roff related
111			tools.  Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland.
112	New Files:
113		doc/op/README
114
1158.13.0/8.13.0	2004/06/20
116	Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential
117		information.  See also cf/README about MSP and the section
118		"Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client".
119		Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
120		University.
121	Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n
122		and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi
123		of RUS University of Stuttgart.
124	Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found
125		by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland.
126	Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute
127		specifications in an LDAP map definition.  This allows
128		LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP
129		URL which will in turn be queried.  See the ``LDAP
130		Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information.
131		Based on patch from Andrew Baucom.
132	Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile
133		(O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to
134		include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes.
135		See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section
136		of cf/README for more information.
137	New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the
138		LDAP API/protocol version to use.  The default depends on
139		the LDAP library.
140	New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an
141		LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host
142		and -p port.  This also allows for the use of LDAP over
143		SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP
144		library supports it.
145	New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if
146		ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set).
147	If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often
148		during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is
149		done for too many bad SMTP commands.
150	Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon
151		maintains the number of incoming connections per client
152		IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and
153		{total_rate}, respectively.  These macros can be used
154		in the cf file to impose connection rate limits.
155		A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s)
156		determines the length of the interval for which the
157		number of connections is stored.  Based on patch from
158		Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris.
159	Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which
160		send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting.
161		If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see
162		FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified
163		amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP
164		greeting.  If any traffic is received before then, a 554
165		SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected
166		during that connection.
167	If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP
168		server could sleep for a very long time.  Fix based on
169		patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ.
170	Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the
171		number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs.
172		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington.
173	Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems
174		misinterpret it as a permanent error.
175	New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until
176		all milters accepted the mail.  This can increase
177		performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to
178		body scans.  Based on patch from David F. Skoll.
179	New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id:
180		header, whether provided by the client or generated by
181		sendmail.
182	New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open
183		connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address.
184		Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des
185		Mines de Paris.
186	sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits.  This was done
187		to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop
188		scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent
189		runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's
190		pid no longer existing.  See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me
191		for a discussion of the implications of this, including
192		how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on
193		the old behavior.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
194	Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default
195		filter list specified in InputMailFilters.  The filters
196		can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions.
197	Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'.  If
198		your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to
199		add those names to class 'w' yourself.  Problem noted
200		by Sander Eerkes.
201	Support message quarantining in the mail queue.  Quarantined
202		messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs
203		unless specifically requested with -qQ.  Quarantined queue
204		files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix.
205	The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display
206		or run.  -qQ operates on quarantined queue items.  -qL
207		operates on lost queue items.
208	Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the
209		quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display
210		quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the
211		given text.  Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display
212		quarantined items which do not have the given text in the
213		quarantine reason.
214	Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the
215		new -Q option.  See doc/op/op.me for more information.
216	When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the
217		quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by
218		"QUARANTINE:".
219	A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used
220		to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and
221		header check rulesets.  The $: of the mailer triplet will
222		be used for the quarantine reason.
223	Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected.
224	Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a
225		message if it is quarantined.
226	New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain
227		or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP).
228		See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as
229		socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib.
230		Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks.
231	Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR
232		lookup for the client IP address.  Note: this is the same
233		as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK.
234	Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad
235		recipients received so far in a transaction.
236	Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus
237		DNS entries.  See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr').  Problem
238		noted by Kai Schlichting.
239	Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To:
240		headers (turn them into DSNs).  Delivery-Receipt-To: is
241		apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System).
242	Enable connection caching for LPC mailers.  Patch from Christophe
243		Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane.
244	Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting.
245	Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2.  From Kenneth Murchison of
246		Oceana Matrix Ltd.
247	Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which
248		support mutual authentication.  From Kenneth Murchison of
249		Oceana Matrix Ltd.
250	Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11).
251	The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext
252		format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid
253		problems with parsing them.  Problem noted by Pierangelo
254		Masarati of SysNet s.n.c.
255	New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is
256		passed to the Cyrus SASL library.  Patch from Gary Mills
257		of the University of Manitoba.
258	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was
259		successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if
260		EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS
261		is active.
262	Add basic support for certificate revocation lists.  Note: if a
263		CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS
264		is disabled.  Based on patch by Ralf Hornik.
265	Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms
266		DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN.
267	Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue
268		runner.  Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
269	Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to
270		overwrite each other's pid files.
271	Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and
272		{cert_issuer} from 128 to 256.  Requested by Christophe
273		Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
274	Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at
275		LogLevel 12 or higher.
276	If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will
277		try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option
278		to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like
279		it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and
280		MTA.  Based on patch by Per Hedeland.
281	If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified
282		by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due
283		to high load, log this information.  Patch from John Beck
284		of Sun Microsystems.
285	Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of
286		CheckpointInterval on the command line.
287	New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a
288		subset of the functionality of the 's' flag.
289	New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information.
290		Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
291	Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default.  To turn
292		it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options.
293	An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO
294		causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being
295		discarded.  This also caused milter callbacks to be called
296		out of order after the SMTP session was reset.
297	New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag
298		REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.  See sendmail/README for
299		further information.
300	New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to
301		the indicated log file instead of stdout.
302	Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control
303		queue return and warning times for delivery status
304		notifications.
305	New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries
306		at all.
307	Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added
308		to enable/disable certain features in the server per
309		connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
310	Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s
311		for DaemonPortOptions.
312	Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when
313		trying to canonify hostnames.  Suggested by Neil Rickert
314		of Northern Illinois University.
315	Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to
316		be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks.  This
317		is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate
318		view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of
319		outside).  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
320	Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS
321		handshake.  Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
322	Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead.  Patch from
323		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
324	libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required
325		then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100.  Patch from Mark Roth
326		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
327	Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter
328		applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
329	New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function,
330		i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes,
331		0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
332	If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will
333		terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message.
334	Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable
335		HOSTALIASES.
336	Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write.  To enable this in 8.13
337		compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1.
338	Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get
339		the header value passed in without balancing quotes,
340		parentheses, and angle brackets.  Based on patch from
341		Oleg Bulyzhin.
342	Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and
343		angle brackets when reading in rulesets.  This allows
344		rules to be written for header checks to catch strings
345		that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets.
346		Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin.
347	Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters
348		some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED.
349	Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the
350		sendmail consortium, see CACerts.
351	Portability:
352		Two new compile options have been added:
353			HASCLOSEFROM	System has closefrom(3).
354			HASFDWALK	System has fdwalk(3).
355			Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
356		The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so
357			change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix
358			it.  Be sure to update other sendmail related
359			programs to match locking techniques.
360		New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set
361			if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself.
362		Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for
363			UNICOS.  Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and
364			Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of
365			Center for Scientific Computing.
366		Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
367		Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
368		Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because
369			Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations.
370			Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct
371			major()/minor() definitions.  Based on feedback
372			from Mark Funkenhauser.
373	CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches
374		for maps via new attributes.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR
375		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and
376		cf/sendmail.schema for more information.
377	CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER
378		is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc.
379		Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert
380		of Northern Illinois University.
381	CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which
382		instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine
383		the message using the given reason.
384	CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl)
385		instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other
386		DNS records than just A.
387	CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the
388		length of the interval for which the number of incoming
389		connections is maintained.
390	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection
391		rate control for individual hosts or nets.
392	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the
393		number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets.
394	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP
395		slamming protection described above.  The feature can
396		take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or
397		use the access database to look the pause time based on
398		client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet.
399	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use
400		$&{client_ptr} as its first argument.  This is useful for
401		rejections based on the unverified hostname of client,
402		which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail
403		versions when delay_checks was not in use.  See also entry
404		above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}.
405	CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log
406		interval when refusing connections for this long.
407	CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases
408		this requires a change in a mc file.  Requested by
409		Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems.
410	CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm
411		that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library.  Patch from
412		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
413	CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src}
414		to follow the naming conventions.
415	CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify
416		the A= argument.
417	CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of
418		local_lmtp.
419	CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile
420		time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.
421	CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated
422		cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts
423		its rules.
424	CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN
425		to control queue return and warning times for delivery
426		status notifications.
427	CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost.
428	CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf
429		file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/.
430		Patch from Richard Rognlie.
431	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9.
432		Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see
433		doc/op/op.me.
434	CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom
435		option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for
436		use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
437	CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains
438		certificate revocations lists.
439	CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to
440		FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP
441		MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist
442		in LDAP.  See cf/README for more information.
443	CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
444		instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain
445		lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match.  See cf/README
446		for more information.
447	CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
448		instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail
449		or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be
450		reached.  See cf/README for more information.  Based on
451		patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar.
452	CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details.
453	CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different
454		Message-Id: header format.  Patch from Bastiaan Bakker
455		of LifeLine Networks.
456	CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR.  From
457		Derek J. Balling.
458	CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems.
459		Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc.
460	DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed
461		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
462	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the
463		filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message.
464		Filters which use this function must include the
465		SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure.
466	LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server
467		will terminate the SMTP session with that error.
468	LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a
469		named socket in the file system if it is running as root.
470	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter
471		to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress,
472		resetting the timeout.
473	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter
474		to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect
475		failure to do so before calling smfi_main().
476	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the
477		filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply.
478	LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring
479		them instead of stopping after too many occurred.
480		Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems.
481	LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in
482		docs/sample.html.  Reported by Dmitry Adamushko.
483	LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT.
484		Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group.
485	LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg().  Patches
486		from Bryan Costales.
487	LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if
488		poll(2) should be used instead of select(2).
489	LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol
490		amendments to support header insertion operations.
491	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see
492		mail.local/README.  Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
493		Informations Services.
494	MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts.
495	MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use
496		instead of '#'.
497	VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of
498		whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc:
499		headers.
500	VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address
501		for the auto-response message.
502	New Files:
503		CACerts
504		cf/feature/conncontrol.m4
505		cf/feature/greet_pause.m4
506		cf/feature/mtamark.m4
507		cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4
508		cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4
509		cf/ostype/unicos.m4
510		cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4
511		cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4
512		contrib/socketmapClient.pl
513		contrib/socketmapServer.pl
514		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
515		devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk
516		devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp
517		devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample
518		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h
519		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h
520		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h
521		libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html
522		libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html
523		libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html
524		libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html
525		libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html
526		libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html
527		sendmail/ratectrl.c
528	Deleted Files:
529		cf/feature/nodns.m4
530		contrib/oldbind.compat.c
531		devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
532		devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
533		libsm/vsprintf.c
534	Renamed Files:
535		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x
536
5378.12.11/8.12.11	2004/01/18
538	Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files.  This error was a
539		regression in 8.12.10.  Problem detected and diagnosed
540		Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company.
541	Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and
542		make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not
543		exceeded.  Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of
544		Techfirm, Inc.
545	Take care of systems that can generate time values where the
546		seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59.
547		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
548	Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes
549		whose process id is the same as that of the initial
550		sendmail process that was used to start the daemon.
551		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
552	When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied
553		recipient address also against the printable addresses
554		of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses.
555		Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum.
556	BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the
557		error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the
558		right hand side error:.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
559	Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages.
560		Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
561	Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit
562		text that has been introduced in 8.12.3.  There are some
563		examples where the new code fails, but the old code works.
564		To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with
565		-DMIME7TO8_OLD=0.  If you have an example of improper
566		7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us.
567	Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of
568		the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a
569		connection.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
570	Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which
571		causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string".
572		To avoid this everything after LF is ignored.
573	If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set
574		then a possible race condition for creating qf files
575		can be avoided.  Note: the race condition does not
576		exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an
577		external application that accesses qf files.
578	Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for
579		the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options.
580	Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df
581		files could be left behind.  Problem found by Wolfgang
582		Breyha.
583	The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been
584		deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13.  This only
585		effects configuration which preserve those variable via the
586		'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire
587		environment.
588	Portability:
589		Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
590		Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of
591			Sun Microsystems.
592	LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data
593		to libmilter.  Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski.
594	SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'.
595		Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads.
596	New Files:
597		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
598
5998.12.10/8.12.10	2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17)
600	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing.  Problem
601		detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller
602		of Courtesan Consulting.
603	Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing.  This problem
604		is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration;
605		only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or
606		mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then
607		a problem may occur.  Problem noted by Timo Sirainen.
608	Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength.
609		Problem noted by Thomas Schulz.
610	Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows.
611	Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME
612		conversions.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
613	Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message,
614		not just header.  Problem noted by Axel Holscher.
615	Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP
616		transactions for broken clients which do not properly
617		announce 8 bit data.  Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich.
618	Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients.
619		Based on patch from Arne Jansen.
620	Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts.
621	Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when
622		encountering a comment that is too long.  Problem noted by
623		Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia.
624	Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO
625		checking.  It is used for IPv6 domain literals.  Patch from
626		Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd.
627	Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt.
628		Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU.
629	Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version
630		to make sure they match.
631	Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled
632		in the kernel.
633	When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error,
634		do not ignore the other recipients.  Problem noted by
635		Bart Duchesne.
636	CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which
637		lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text".  Problem noted by
638		Craig Hunt.
639	CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument.  Patch
640		from Jerome Borsboom.
641	CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl
642		and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc.  Patches from
643		Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo.
644	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an
645		improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the
646		mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered
647		after the close() and before the truncate().
648	MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a
649		stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout).
650		Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC.
651	Portability:
652		Port for AIX 5.2.  Thanks to Steve Hubert of University
653			of Washington for providing access to a computer
654			with AIX 5.2.
655		setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3.  Patch from
656			Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
657		Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH
658			on all operating systems.  Patch from Robert Harker
659			of Harker Systems.
660		Use strerror(3) on Linux.  If this causes a problem on
661			your Linux distribution, compile with
662			-DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it.
663	Added Files:
664		devtools/OS/AIX.5.2
665
6668.12.9/8.12.9	2003/03/29
667	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
668		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
669		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
670		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
671		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
672		includes DNS.
673	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
674		8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
675		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
676		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
677	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
678		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
679		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
680		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
681		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
682		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
683		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
684	Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail.  Problem noted
685		by Derek Wueppelmann.
686	Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
687		have flock(2).  Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
688		College London.
689	Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
690		errors, e.g., looping processes.  Problem noted by
691		Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V.
692	CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
693		Patch from Andrzej Filip.
694	CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
695	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
696		text file instead of the database map.
697	Portability:
698		Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
699			builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
700			This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
701			in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
702
7038.12.8/8.12.8	2003/02/11
704	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
705		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
706		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
707		of ISS X-Force.
708	Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
709		.cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
710		parsing ident responses.  Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
711		Stanford University Compilation Group.
712	Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
713		the selected queue group.  Problem noted by Jos Vos.
714	If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
715		log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
716		MIME header".  Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
717	CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
718		error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
719	MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
720		a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
721		a regular file.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
722
7238.12.7/8.12.7	2002/12/29
724	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
725		across various connections.  This could cause session
726		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
727		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
728		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
729	Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue.  The MSP
730		only needs to relay all mail to the MTA.  Problem found
731		by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
732	Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
733		characters in some logging statements.  Problem noted by
734		Erik Parker.
735	When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
736		EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
737		is used.
738	Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command.  Problem
739		noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
740	Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
741		file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
742		install time.  This fixes installation over NFS for some
743		users.  Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
744		Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
745	Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data.  Problem noted by
746		Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
747	Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
748		of 11 or higher.
749	Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
750		exiting.  Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
751	Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
752		of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
753		The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
754		to be run even if Runners=0.
755	Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
756		connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
757		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
758	Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
759		(/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
760	Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0.  Problem noted by
761		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
762	Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
763		rulesets.  Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
764	Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting.  Problem noted
765		by John Majikes of IBM.
766	Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
767		different processes.  Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
768	Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
769		times out during message collection.  Problem noted by Neil
770		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
771	Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
772		qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
773		Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
774	If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>".  Problem
775		noted by Matthias Andree.
776	Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
777		versions of tmac.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
778	Portability:
779		Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
780		Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
781			and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
782			an argument, hence the builtin version of
783			sendmail is used instead.  This can be overridden
784			by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0.  Problem noted by
785			Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
786		Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
787			of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
788		Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
789			of the TrustedBSD Project.
790		Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
791			system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
792		Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
793		Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
794			Corporation.
795		Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
796	CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
797		is used.  Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
798	CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
799		DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
800		Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
801	CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
802		to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
803		which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
804		::1 for IPv6).  If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
805		you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
806		in the file itself.
807	CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
808		error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
809		mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
810		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
811	CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
812	CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
813		relay.
814	CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
815		in access_db.
816	CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
817	LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
818		an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
819		Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
820	LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
821		Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
822		Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
823	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
824		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
825		Sun Microsystems.
826	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
827		fails.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
828	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
829		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
830		iDEFENSE, Inc.
831	New Files:
832		devtools/OS/Interix
833		include/sm/bdb.h
834
8358.12.6/8.12.6	2002/08/26
836	Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
837		returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
838		Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
839		and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
840		Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
841	Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
842		to interactive.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
843		Courtesan Consulting.
844	Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
845		even if some recipients are deleted or invalid.  Problem
846		found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
847	Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
848		from the SMTP client.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
849		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
850	Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
851		install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
852		confMSP_STFILE devtools variable.  Requested by Jeff
853		Earickson of Colby College.
854	Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
855		during a delivery attempt.  Patch from Todd C. Miller of
856		Courtesan Consulting.
857	Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
858		SMTP AUTH.  Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
859	Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
860		restart interrupted system calls.  Problem noted by Luiz
861		Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
862	Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
863		execve().
864	Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
865		cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
866		noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
867	If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
868		the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set.  This
869		allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
870		spammers without tipping them off.  Problem noted by Neil
871		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
872	If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
873		e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
874		supposed for addresses on the header content.
875	Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
876	Portability:
877		Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
878			copying of the variable argument va_list.  Based on
879			fix from Scott Walters.
880		Fix NSD map open bug.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
881		Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
882			list.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
883		Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
884			NETISO support has been dropped.
885	CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
886		to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
887		These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
888		being activated in check_relay.  This change has been made to
889		avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
890		"450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
891		record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled.  However, this
892		modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
893		is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
894		name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
895		such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored.  The original
896		change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
897		Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
898		Stefaan Van Hoornick.
899	CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
900		using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
901		Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
902		University.
903	CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
904		Fix from Andrzej Filip.
905	CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
906		(etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
907	LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
908		NULL pointer.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
909	LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls.  Based
910		on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
911		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
912	New Files:
913		contrib/etrn.0
914
9158.12.5/8.12.5	2002/06/25
916	SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
917		specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
918		file and a rogue DNS server is queried.  None of the
919		sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
920		they are not vulnerable.  Problem noted independently by
921		Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
922	Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
923		map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
924		with rogue DNS servers.
925	Require a suboption when setting the Milter option.  Problem noted
926		by Bryan Costales.
927	Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
928		DirectSubmissionModifiers.  Problem noted by Bryan
929		Costales.
930	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
931		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
932		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
933		Polytechnic Institute.
934	Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
935		file onto disk.  From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
936	Portability:
937		Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
938			to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
939			rmail and vacation.  Problem noted by Kevin
940			A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
941		NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again.  Unless
942			the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
943			8.13 will change the default locking method to
944			fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later.  You may
945			want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
946			-DHASFLOCK=0.  Be sure to update other sendmail
947			related programs to match locking techniques.
948
9498.12.4/8.12.4	2002/06/03
950	SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
951		can leave systems open to a local denial of service
952		attack.  Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
953		section of the top level README for more information.
954		Problem noted by lumpy.
955	Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
956		instead of 0644.
957	Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
958		from 0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
959		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
960	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
961		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
962		Purdue University.
963	Expand macros before passing them to libmilter.  Problem noted
964		by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
965		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
966	Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
967		replaces the body of a message.  Problem noted by Gisle Aas
968		of Active State.
969	Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
970		initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554.  Patches
971		from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
972	Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
973		inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
974		is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed.  Based on
975		patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
976	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
977		is rejected anyway.  Noted by Chris Loelke.
978	Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page.  Requested
979		by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
980	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
981		or the queue.
982	Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
983		user who started sendmail.
984	If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
985		the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space.  Suggested
986		by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
987	Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
988		if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
989		LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
990		are set.  Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
991		Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
992	Portability:
993		Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
994			be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
995			This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
996		Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
997			non-compliant.  Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
998			Charles University in Prague.
999		The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
1000			memory.
1001	CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
1002		Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1003	CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
1004		FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
1005		to be misaddressed.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1006	CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
1007		fail for AAAA queries.  Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
1008	CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
1009		the sender address.  This allows locally submitted mail to
1010		be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
1011		and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself.  Problem
1012		noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
1013	CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
1014		macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used.  Problem
1015		noted by Bryan Costales.
1016	CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
1017		matches are found.  Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1018	CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message.  Suggested
1019		by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
1020	CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2.  Contributed by
1021		Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1022	CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
1023		match dnsbl change.
1024	DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
1025		confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
1026		installing the sendmail statistics file.
1027	LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
1028		a user's filter starts other applications.
1029	LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
1030		functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
1031	MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
1032		0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
1033		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1034	SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
1035		Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
1036	VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
1037		bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses.  Problem
1038		noted by Bryan Costales.
1039	New Files:
1040		cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
1041
10428.12.3/8.12.3	2002/04/05
1043	NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
1044		are used.  In previous versions this could cause mail
1045		not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
1046		by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
1047		into the right place.  Some precautions have been taken
1048		to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
1049		sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
1050		may store the path of data files in queue files.  Hence
1051		queue files should not be moved unless those internals
1052		are understood and the integrity of the files is not
1053		compromised.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
1054		University.
1055	If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
1056		queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
1057		to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
1058		triggered.  Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
1059		of INTERMETA.
1060	Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
1061		running queues.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
1062	Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
1063		Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
1064	Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
1065		read and write timeouts.  Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
1066		ActiveState.
1067	Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive.  Problem
1068		noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
1069	If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
1070		the RunAsUser group.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1071		Northern Illinois University.
1072	Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
1073		contains a trailing slash.  Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
1074		of Dinoex.
1075	Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
1076		4096).  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1077		Polytechnic Institute.
1078	Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
1079		if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
1080		do not have a From: header.  Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
1081	Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
1082		will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
1083		Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
1084	Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
1085		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1086	Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure.  Based on
1087		patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1088	Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
1089		missing arguments.
1090	Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
1091		a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
1092		Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
1093	Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
1094		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1095	Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
1096		connect fails and DialDelay is set.  Patch from Servaas
1097		Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
1098	Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
1099		a set-user-ID (non-root) program.  Problem noted by Jon
1100		Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
1101	Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
1102		directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
1103		which has an owner- alias.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett
1104		of Concordia University.
1105	Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified.  Problem
1106		found by Mario Nigrovic.
1107	The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
1108		incoming messages.  A leading dot is always stripped by the
1109		SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
1110		another dot.  Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
1111	Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
1112		base64 encoding to 8-bit text.  Problem noted by Mark
1113		Elvers.
1114	Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
1115		Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
1116		of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
1117		total number of TCP connections.
1118	Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
1119		non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
1120		Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
1121	Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
1122		are used.  Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
1123	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
1124		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
1125		Texas.
1126	Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
1127		to 451.
1128	Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
1129		only done in one place: queue group creation).  Based on
1130		patch by Bryan Costales.
1131	Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
1132		timeouts.  Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
1133	Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
1134		responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
1135		errors.  By doing so, the host was marked as having a
1136		temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
1137		queued for the next queue run.  Problem noted by Fletcher
1138		Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
1139		Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
1140		and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1141	Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
1142		which drop the connection instead of responding to the
1143		command).
1144	Portability:
1145		Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
1146			available.
1147		Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X.  That platform
1148			now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
1149			settings.  Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
1150			Skyrr.
1151		Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin.  Problem
1152			noted by John Beck.
1153		Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
1154		Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX.  From
1155			Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
1156	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
1157		SMTP AUTH information.  This feature was actually added in
1158		8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
1159	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
1160		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
1161		error.
1162	CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
1163		FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain').  Problem noted by
1164		Krzysztof Oledzki.
1165	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
1166		initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
1167	CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
1168		is in use.  Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1169	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
1170		`localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
1171		This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
1172		i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
1173		it is embedded in square brackets.  Problem noted by
1174		Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
1175	CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
1176		submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps.  This is a compromise
1177		to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
1178		default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
1179		time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
1180		user's $TZ setting.  Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
1181		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
1182		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1183	CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
1184		binary.  Adjust local mailer flags accordingly.  Problem
1185		noted by John Beck.
1186	CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
1187		if queue groups are used.
1188	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
1189	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
1190	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
1191		Suggested by Bryan Costales.
1192	DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
1193	LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
1194		structure that is passed to xxfi_connect().  Notice:
1195		this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
1196		this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
1197		values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
1198		Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
1199	LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
1200		SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply.  Do the
1201		same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
1202	LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
1203		required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
1204		da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1205	LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define.  Set
1206		this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
1207		ldap_memfree().
1208	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
1209		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
1210	SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems.  Problem
1211		noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
1212	VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases.  Based
1213		on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
1214		San Francisco.
1215	VACATION: Don't ignore -C option.  Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
1216	VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page.  Problem noted by
1217		Joe Barbish.
1218	New Files:
1219		libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
1220
12218.12.2/8.12.2	2002/01/13
1222	Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
1223		at startup, only log an error message.
1224	Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
1225		following -b) has been specified.
1226	Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
1227		permissions or owner of hoststatus files.  Problem noted
1228		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1229	Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
1230		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
1231		Regensburg.
1232	Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
1233		SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
1234		Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
1235		Institute of Mining and Technology.
1236	Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
1237		chunk sent by a filter.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1238		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1239	In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
1240		the message size calculation.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
1241		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1242	Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
1243		needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
1244		Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1245	Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
1246		commands are issued.  This makes it consistent with normal
1247		SMTP connections.
1248	Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections.  Problem noted by
1249		William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
1250		and Technology.
1251	Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
1252		message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
1253		source route.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1254		Meteorological Institute.
1255	Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
1256		parsing.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
1257		Online.
1258	For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
1259		that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
1260		time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
1261		and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
1262		regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
1263		types, respectively.
1264	Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
1265		exactly the same time.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
1266		of Virginia Tech.
1267	Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
1268		alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
1269		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1270	Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
1271		Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1272	Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
1273		process are closed.  Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
1274	If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
1275		directories.  Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
1276		of Vienna.
1277	Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks.  Patch from David Powell
1278		of Sun Microsystems.
1279	Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
1280		This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
1281		with servers that do not support realms when using
1282		CRAM-MD5.  Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
1283	Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
1284		server gets stuck while processing that command.  Problem
1285		noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1286	In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
1287		command line invocations log them to make it simpler
1288		to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
1289	Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
1290	Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
1291		instead of forcing localhost.
1292	Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
1293		submit.cf.  Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
1294	Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1.  Problem
1295		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1296	If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
1297		dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
1298		sending commands.  This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
1299		recipient status.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
1300		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1301	Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
1302		almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
1303	New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC.  Requested by James Seagraves of
1304		Compaq Computer Corp.
1305	Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
1306		properly.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
1307		Tech.
1308	Portability:
1309		Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X.  Based on
1310			patch provided by HP.
1311		Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
1312			working seteuid() call.  From Daniel J. Luke.
1313		Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX.  From Ganu
1314			Sachin of Siemens.
1315		Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
1316		Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11.  This
1317			fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
1318			characters to be written to the qf file.  Problem
1319			noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
1320		Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare.  Problem noted
1321			by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
1322		Add support for HP MPE/iX.  See sendmail/README for port
1323			information.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1324		New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
1325			USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK.  See sendmail/README
1326			for more information.  From Mark Bixby of
1327			Hewlett-Packard.
1328		If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
1329			(SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
1330			From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1331		Add support for AIX 5.1.  From Valdis Kletnieks of
1332			Virginia Tech.
1333		Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP.  From Hisanori Gogota
1334			of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
1335		Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
1336			Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1337	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
1338		UUCP from the base operating system.  From Mark Murray of
1339		FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
1340	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
1341		systems.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1342	CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
1343		Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
1344		Florida.
1345	CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4.  Problem noted by
1346		Altin Waldmann.
1347	CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
1348		confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp).  From Mark Bixby of
1349		Hewlett-Packard.
1350	LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
1351		libmilter terminated.  Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
1352		of MSFU.
1353	LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
1354		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
1355		Institute.
1356	LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX.  Patch from Larry Rosenman.
1357	LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
1358		to free memory twice.
1359	LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
1360		Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
1361		of Sun Microsystems.
1362	LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
1363		terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
1364		example code.  Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
1365		University of Athens.
1366	New Files:
1367		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
1368		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
1369		cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
1370		cf/ostype/mpeix.m4
1371		devtools/OS/AIX.5.1
1372		devtools/OS/MPE-iX
1373		include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
1374		libsm/mpeix.c
1375
13768.12.1/8.12.1	2001/10/01
1377	SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
1378		to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
1379		supplying bogus data.  Add configuration options for
1380		different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid.  Problem
1381		found by Michal Zalewski.
1382	PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
1383		privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
1384		during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
1385		used.  Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
1386	Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
1387		Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1388	Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
1389		delivery.  LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
1390		STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
1391	If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
1392		values for configuration file and pid file but also the
1393		selected values.  Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
1394	Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
1395		errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
1396		if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set.  Previously
1397		this only applied to hostname canonification.  Problem
1398		noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
1399	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
1400		canonical name for a host.
1401	When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
1402		line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.)  to mail submission
1403		operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.).  Idea based on
1404		suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
1405	Portability:
1406		AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
1407			`uname` does not given complete information.
1408			Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
1409			Aircraft Company.
1410		OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
1411			Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
1412		Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
1413			integers.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
1414			Courtesan Consulting.
1415	CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
1416		problems with potential misconfigurations.
1417	CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount.  Problem
1418		noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
1419		Technology Organisation of Australia.
1420	CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
1421		of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
1422		then use it.
1423	LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by
1424		Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
1425	LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it.  Problem noted
1426		by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1427	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
1428		and vacation.
1429	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
1430		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
1431		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
1432	New Files:
1433		test/Build
1434		test/Makefile
1435		test/Makefile.m4
1436		test/README
1437		test/t_dropgid.c
1438		test/t_setgid.c
1439	Deleted Files:
1440		include/sm/stdio.h
1441		include/sm/sysstat.h
1442
14438.12.0/8.12.0	2001/09/08
1444	*NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
1445		set-user-ID root anymore.  You need to create a new user and
1446		a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
1447		default).  The installation process tries to install
1448		/etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
1449		default.  Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
1450	SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
1451		files.  These checks can be turned off if absolutely
1452		necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
1453		flags:
1454			GroupWritableForwardFile
1455			WorldWritableForwardFile
1456			GroupWritableIncludeFile
1457			WorldWritableIncludeFile
1458		Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
1459	SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode.  Suggested
1460		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
1461		(IdS).
1462	Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
1463		point where the variable could become overused for more than
1464		one timeout concurrently.  This erroneous behavior resulted in
1465		a corrupted stack causing a core dump.  The timeout is now
1466		handled via libsm.  Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
1467		John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
1468	If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
1469		checks (group ID of RunAsUser).  This allows use of a
1470		set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
1471		and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed.  For details
1472		see sendmail/SECURITY.
1473	Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
1474		Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
1475	If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
1476		with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file.  See
1477		sendmail/SECURITY.
1478	New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
1479		files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
1480		sendmail binary.  See sendmail/SECURITY.
1481	The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
1482		-bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
1483		is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible).  This selection
1484		can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
1485		file: client or mta).  See sendmail/SECURITY.
1486	The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command.  The ONEX
1487		command has been removed.
1488	Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920.  It can be turned off
1489		at compile time or per host (ruleset).
1490	New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
1491		used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
1492		is "pw", which means to use getpwnam().  New mailbox database
1493		types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
1494	Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
1495		long, to accomodate envelope splitting.  File systems with
1496		a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
1497		supported.
1498	Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
1499		hostsignature (character string version of MX RR).  This orders
1500		recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
1501		portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
1502		list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking.  The
1503		significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
1504		list.  Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
1505		creation rather than just before delivery.
1506	Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking.  Previous
1507		piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
1508		piggybacking.  Rather than complete MX RR matching
1509		(coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
1510		preference matches (coattail).
1511	If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
1512		try other MX hosts if available.
1513	DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
1514		outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
1515	New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
1516		AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions).  Based
1517		on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
1518	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
1519	A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
1520		authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
1521		Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
1522		removed in future versions.
1523	Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
1524		requires 334.  Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
1525	Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
1526		for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).  See
1527		doc/op/op.me for details.
1528	Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
1529		{cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
1530		signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
1531		of the presented certificate, respectively.
1532	New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
1533	New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
1534		server per connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
1535	New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
1536		recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
1537		enough on a per recipient basis.
1538	New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
1539		for STARTTLS.
1540	If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
1541		value "NOT".
1542	New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
1543		using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
1544	Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
1545		Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1546	Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
1547		really required.  This change results in a noticable
1548		performance gains on most machines.  Moreover, if shared
1549		memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
1550	Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
1551		the same behavior together.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
1552	If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
1553		than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
1554		are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
1555		splitting.  If the mail is submitted directly from the
1556		command line, then the value also limits the number of
1557		processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
1558		created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
1559		by a queue run.
1560	The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
1561		system each queue directory resides in.
1562	All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
1563	New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
1564	Add parallel queue runner code.  Allows multiple queue runners per work
1565		group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
1566		collected together) to process the same work list at the
1567		same time.
1568	Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
1569		active queue runner processes.
1570	New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
1571		runners per queue group.
1572	Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
1573		the pattern to be negated.  For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
1574		permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
1575		of the queue that match during processing.
1576	New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
1577		periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
1578		child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
1579		runs.  A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
1580		persistent queue runner.
1581	The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
1582		sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
1583		sendmail -q15m).
1584	New option NiceQueueRun	to set the priority of queue runners.
1585		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
1586	sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
1587		unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
1588	QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
1589		several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
1590	QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
1591		of the qf file (older entries first).
1592	Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
1593		a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
1594		should be delivered.  New option DeliverByMin added to set the
1595		minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
1596	Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
1597		not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
1598	Add support for a generic DNS map.  Based on a patch contributed
1599		by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
1600		work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
1601		Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
1602		Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
1603	MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost.  To use the old
1604		behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
1605		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
1606	Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
1607		for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
1608		via SharedMemoryKey.  This minimizes the number of system
1609		calls to check the available space.  See doc/op/op.me for
1610		details.
1611	If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
1612		the number of entries in the queue(s).
1613	Enable generic mail filter API (milter).  See libmilter/README
1614		and the usual documentation for details.
1615	Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
1616	Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
1617		announced in 8.10.
1618	Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR.  Use an MSA instead.
1619	New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
1620		an envelope sender or recipient address.  Suggested by
1621		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1622	Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
1623		-r (number of retries).
1624	New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
1625		separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
1626		and value separated by the given separator.
1627	Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
1628		to map class arith.
1629	If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
1630		(errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
1631	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
1632		GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
1633	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
1634		requirements for files containing secret keys.  This is
1635		necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
1636	Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
1637		filenames with spaces).
1638	Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
1639	Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
1640		{if_name_out}	hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
1641		{if_addr_out}	address of interface of outgoing connection.
1642		{if_family_out}	family of interface of outgoing connection.
1643		The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
1644		to the loopback net.
1645	Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
1646	DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'.  Patch from
1647		Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1648	New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
1649		an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
1650	New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
1651		all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
1652	Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
1653		a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
1654		BadRcptThrottle).  From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
1655		Development Group.
1656	New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
1657		exceeds the specified value.  The default of 0 does not
1658		change the previous behavior.  A value greater than 0
1659		will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
1660		SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
1661		load average is exceeded.
1662	Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
1663		recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
1664		This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
1665		the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
1666		Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1667	Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
1668	Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
1669	The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone.  Use [IPC]
1670		instead.
1671	IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
1672		builtin mailer pathnames.  Use TCP instead.
1673	PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
1674		old libqiapi library.  Contributed by Mark Roth of the
1675		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1676	New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
1677		for direct (command line) submissions.
1678	New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
1679		case of failures.  Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
1680		Hagino of the KAME Project.
1681	Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
1682		whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
1683		Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
1684	Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
1685		STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
1686		9 or higher.  Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
1687		AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
1688	Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
1689		before logging.
1690	Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
1691		(at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
1692	Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
1693	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
1694		in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
1695		TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
1696	Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
1697		DSNs ("old id: new id: clone").  Suggested by Ulrich Windl
1698		of the Universitat Regensburg.
1699	Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
1700		assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
1701		exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
1702		portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
1703		package.  It will at some point replace libsmutil.
1704		See libsm/index.html for details.
1705	Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
1706		care of by fork() and exit().
1707	Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls.  Allows for
1708		more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
1709		new and old (from new libsm).
1710	Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
1711		('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
1712	Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
1713	New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
1714		together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
1715		synchronizations calls.
1716	Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
1717	T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
1718	When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
1719		too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
1720	sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
1721		See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
1722		for details.
1723	Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
1724		such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses.  The DSNs
1725		generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
1726		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
1727	Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
1728		mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
1729		SMTP dialogue.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1730	Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
1731		that do not have postmaster defined.  If an email was sent
1732		from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
1733		in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
1734		then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
1735		Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
1736		degli Studi dell'Insubria.
1737	The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
1738		i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
1739	Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
1740		higher.  Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
1741	New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA.  When
1742		attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
1743		will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
1744		lookups.  If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
1745		flag.  Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
1746		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
1747		Urbana-Champaign.
1748	Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}().  Problem
1749		noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
1750	ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
1751		to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
1752		connections.
1753	Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
1754		sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
1755		``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
1756		cf/README.
1757	Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command.  If
1758		the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
1759		'|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
1760		rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup.  This
1761		allows classes to be filled via a map lookup.  See op.me
1762		for more syntax information.  Specifically, this can be
1763		used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
1764		the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
1765		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
1766		example).
1767	The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
1768		the default schema used in the above two items.
1769	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
1770		warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1771		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
1772	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
1773		if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1774		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
1775	Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
1776		hostnames.  Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
1777		(without quotes) will disable this and return to the
1778		pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
1779		Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
1780	In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
1781		HELO/EHLO commands.
1782	Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
1783		possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
1784		connections.  Restrictions placed on one family only affect
1785		outgoing connections on that particular family.  Because of
1786		this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
1787		connection is established.  Based on patch from Motonori
1788		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1789	PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
1790		when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
1791		nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
1792		forwards, or :include: files.  It also will override the -v
1793		(verbose) command line option.
1794	If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
1795		address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
1796		back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
1797		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1798	New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
1799		number of recipients).  Based on patch from Mark Roth of
1800		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1801	Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985.  The queue group
1802		can be specified using the '#' option character.  For
1803		example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
1804	If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
1805		current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
1806		servers.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
1807		British Columbia.
1808	Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
1809		because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
1810	The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
1811		replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
1812		and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
1813		if required.
1814	The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed.  Use the ldap map
1815		class instead.
1816	Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
1817		"IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For example,
1818		if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
1819		class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
1820	Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
1821		MTA is running.  For example, during a queue run.
1822	Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
1823		RES_USE_INET6 resolver option.  Based on patch from Rick
1824		Nelson of IBM.
1825	The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
1826		many "light weight" commands have been received are now
1827		configurable during compile time.  The current values and
1828		their defaults are:
1829		    MAXBADCOMMANDS	25	unknown commands
1830		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
1831		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
1832		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
1833		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
1834		Setting a value to 0 disables the check.  Patch from Bryan
1835		Costales of SL3D, Inc.
1836	The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
1837		${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
1838	Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
1839		in headers.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1840		Meteorological Institute.
1841	Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
1842		messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
1843		which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
1844	Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
1845		the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
1846		deliveries.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1847	New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
1848		file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
1849		if the meta-data in it has been changed.  This should be
1850		set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
1851		See sendmail/README for further information.
1852	Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
1853		sendmail is signaled to terminate.  Problem noted by
1854		Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
1855	Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
1856		envelope is initialized.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1857		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1858	Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue.  Fix
1859		from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
1860	Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
1861		temporary errors.  Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
1862		flora.ca.
1863	Portability:
1864		Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
1865			filenames and is outdated anyway.  Suggested by
1866			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1867		Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
1868			i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
1869			of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
1870			optimization limit to 0 (unlimited).  Based on patch
1871			from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
1872			Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1873		Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
1874			Solaris 8 and later.
1875		Add support for OpenUNIX.
1876	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
1877	CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
1878	CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
1879	CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
1880	CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
1881		temporary lookup failures.
1882	CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
1883		action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
1884		or IP nets.
1885	CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
1886		relay address as long as the other part allows the email
1887		to get through.
1888	CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
1889		"%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
1890		entry like user+*@domain.  This allows handling of details by
1891		using %1%3 as the RHS.  Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
1892		introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
1893	CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
1894		and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
1895		section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
1896		after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
1897	CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
1898		(GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
1899		as canonical.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1900	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
1901		in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
1902		terminates check_* ruleset checking.
1903	CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
1904		tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
1905	CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
1906		STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
1907		cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
1908	CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
1909		options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
1910		specification of whole domains instead of just users.
1911		Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
1912		Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1913	CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
1914		cf/README for details.
1915	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
1916		the access map.  Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
1917		University of Maryland.
1918	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
1919		the local mailer.  Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
1920	CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
1921		messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
1922		map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
1923	CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
1924		to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
1925		Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
1926		Solving.
1927	CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
1928		options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
1929	CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
1930		the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
1931	CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
1932		immediately.
1933	CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
1934		allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
1935		See cf/README for details.
1936	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
1937		temporary lookup failures.
1938	CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
1939		Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
1940	CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
1941		memory use.
1942	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
1943		of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
1944		string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
1945		in the access map.  Based on code contributed by Mathias
1946		Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
1947	CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
1948		file.  Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1949	CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
1950		via LMTP.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1951	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
1952		the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
1953	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
1954		+detail portion of the address when passing address to
1955		local delivery agent.  Disables alias and .forward +detail
1956		stripping.  Only use if LDA supports this.
1957	CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
1958	CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
1959		which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
1960		Routing lookups.  Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
1961		masquerade domain name for lookups.  See cf/README for
1962		additional details.
1963	CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1964		instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
1965		looked up has +detail information.  See cf/README for more
1966		information.
1967	CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
1968		up the new routing address/host in the mailertable.  Based
1969		on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
1970	CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
1971		is in use and the bounce option is enabled.  Only reject
1972		recipients as user unknown.
1973	CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
1974		features.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
1975		section of cf/README for more information.
1976	CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
1977		macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
1978		LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
1979	CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
1980		which takes the options as argument and can be used
1981		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
1982	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
1983		confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE		BadRcptThrottle
1984		confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS	DirectSubmissionModifiers
1985		confMAILBOX_DATABASE		MailboxDatabase
1986		confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN		MaxQueueChildren
1987		confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE	MaxRunnersPerQueue
1988		confNICE_QUEUE_RUN		NiceQueueRun
1989		confQUEUE_FILE_MODE		QueueFileMode
1990		confFAST_SPLIT			FastSplit
1991		confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS		TLSSrvOptions
1992		See above (and related documentation) for further information.
1993	CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
1994		confTO_ACONNECT		Timeout.aconnect
1995		confTO_AUTH		Timeout.auth
1996		confTO_LHLO		Timeout.lhlo
1997		confTO_STARTTLS		Timeout.starttls
1998	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
1999		confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS		InputMailFilters
2000		confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL		Milter.LogLevel
2001		confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT	Milter.macros.connect
2002		confMILTER_MACROS_HELO		Milter.macros.helo
2003		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM	Milter.macros.envfrom
2004		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT	Milter.macros.envrcpt
2005		Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
2006		MAIL_FILTER().  See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
2007		doc/op/op.me for details.
2008	CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
2009		See cf/README for details.  Based on patch by Motonori
2010		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2011	CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
2012		dequote map.
2013	CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
2014	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
2015		on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
2016	CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
2017		by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For
2018		example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
2019		2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
2020		to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
2021		This affects the access database as well as the
2022		relay-domains and local-host-names files.
2023	CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
2024	CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
2025	CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
2026		exceptions from a file.  Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
2027		Mississippi State University.
2028	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
2029		(LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
2030	CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
2031		which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
2032		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2033	DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
2034		files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
2035		confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
2036	DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
2037		installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
2038		systems which don't include cat directories.
2039	EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
2040	MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2041		local mail recipients.  New option -D mbdb specifies the
2042		mailbox database type.
2043	MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
2044		deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
2045		directory instead of the system mail spool area.  Based on
2046		patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
2047	MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
2048		doesn't truncate the statistics file.
2049	MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
2050		instead of white space.
2051	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2052		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2053		Meteorological Institute.
2054	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
2055	VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
2056		auto-replied.  From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2057	VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
2058		instead of syslog.
2059	VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
2060		in the password file.  The -f and -m options must be used
2061		to specify the database and message file since there is no
2062		home directory for the default settings for these options.
2063	VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2064		local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
2065		from the sendmail.cf file.  New option -C cffile which
2066		specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
2067	New Directories:
2068		libmilter/docs
2069	New Files:
2070		cf/cf/README
2071		cf/cf/submit.cf
2072		cf/cf/submit.mc
2073		cf/feature/authinfo.m4
2074		cf/feature/compat_check.m4
2075		cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
2076		cf/feature/msp.m4
2077		cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
2078		cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
2079		cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
2080		cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
2081		cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
2082		cf/sendmail.schema
2083		contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
2084		devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
2085		devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
2086		editmap/*
2087		include/sm/*
2088		libsm/*
2089		libsmutil/cf.c
2090		libsmutil/err.c
2091		sendmail/SECURITY
2092		sendmail/TUNING
2093		sendmail/bf.c
2094		sendmail/bf.h
2095		sendmail/sasl.c
2096		sendmail/sm_resolve.c
2097		sendmail/sm_resolve.h
2098		sendmail/tls.c
2099	Deleted Files:
2100		cf/feature/rbl.m4
2101		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
2102		devtools/OS/AIX.2
2103		include/sendmail/cdefs.h
2104		include/sendmail/errstring.h
2105		include/sendmail/useful.h
2106		libsmutil/errstring.c
2107		sendmail/bf_portable.c
2108		sendmail/bf_portable.h
2109		sendmail/bf_torek.c
2110		sendmail/bf_torek.h
2111		sendmail/clock.c
2112	Renamed Files:
2113		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
2114		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
2115		cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
2116
21178.11.7/8.11.7	2003/03/29
2118	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
2119		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
2120		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
2121		of ISS X-Force.
2122	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
2123		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
2124		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2125		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
2126		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
2127		includes DNS.
2128	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
2129		8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
2130		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
2131		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
2132	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
2133		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
2134		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
2135		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
2136		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
2137		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults,
2138		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
2139	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
2140		across various connections.  This could cause session
2141		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
2142		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
2143		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
2144	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2145		canonical name for a host.
2146	Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps.
2147	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
2148		or the queue.
2149	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
2150		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
2151		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2152		Polytechnic Institute.
2153	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
2154		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
2155		Purdue University.
2156	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
2157		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
2158		Texas.
2159	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
2160		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
2161		error.
2162	CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if
2163		FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled.
2164	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2165		and vacation.
2166	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
2167		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
2168	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2169		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
2170		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2171	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
2172		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
2173		Sun Microsystems.
2174	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
2175		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
2176		iDEFENSE, Inc.
2177
21788.11.6/8.11.6	2001/08/20
2179	SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
2180		out-of-bounds debug parameters.  Problem detected by
2181		Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
2182	Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs.  This could
2183		happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
2184		scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
2185		is reached such that several DSNs are sent next.  Problem
2186		noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
2187	Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
2188		wildcard operators in a rule.  Problem detected by
2189		Werner Wiethege.
2190	Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups.  Problem
2191		noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
2192
21938.11.5/8.11.5	2001/07/31
2194	Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
2195		the daemon.  This could terminate the current process without
2196		starting a new daemon.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
2197		of SE Netway Communications.
2198	Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
2199		the command line.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
2200	When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
2201		which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
2202		to looking up only IPv4 addresses.  Problem noted by Tim
2203		Bosserman of EarthLink.
2204	When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
2205		Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
2206	Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
2207		IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
2208		forged".  Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
2209		University College.
2210	Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM.  Problem noted by
2211		Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
2212	Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
2213		out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
2214		Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
2215		"header".  Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
2216		University at Albany.
2217	Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
2218		noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
2219	Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
2220		their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
2221		Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
2222		to 2 days.  Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
2223	Portability:
2224		BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation.  Problem
2225			noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2226		BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
2227			Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2228		BSD/OS has fchown(2).  Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
2229			2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
2230		Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3).  From Sebastian
2231			Hagedorn of Cologne University.
2232	CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
2233		(user@[IPv6:address]).  Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
2234
22358.11.4/8.11.4	2001/05/28
2236	Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
2237		corruption and other potential race conditions.
2238		Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
2239		instantaneous due to this change.  Also, non-root users can
2240		no longer send out-of-band signals.  Problem reported by
2241		Michal Zalewski of BindView.
2242	If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
2243		encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
2244		strength.  Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
2245	If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
2246		different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
2247		recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
2248	Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3.  Patch
2249		from Kenji Miyake.
2250	This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
2251		QueueDirectory wildcards.
2252	If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
2253		the same map again while exiting.
2254	Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
2255		LMTP).  Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
2256		of Tuebingen.
2257	If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
2258		to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
2259		message would be lost.  Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
2260		Oklahoma State University.
2261	Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
2262		and prog map types.  Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
2263		InTouch Systems, Inc.
2264	When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
2265		other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
2266		to the LDAP server.  Patch from Victor Duchovni of
2267		Morgan Stanley.
2268	To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
2269		.pag file instead of the .dir file.  Problem noted by Neil
2270		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2271	Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent.  Patch
2272		from Werner Wiethege.
2273	If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
2274		with the family set in that option.  Patch from Sean Farley.
2275	Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
2276		when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
2277		recipient list.  Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
2278		Internet Services.
2279	Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces.  Problem noticed by Ulrich
2280		Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2281	Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces.  Problem noticed by
2282		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2283	Portability:
2284		OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
2285	CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
2286		to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
2287	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
2288	DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
2289		file name argument.  Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2290		Meteorological Institute.
2291	DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
2292		since it generates random process ids.
2293	PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
2294		of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
2295		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2296	New Files:
2297		cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
2298
22998.11.3/8.11.3	2001/02/27
2300	Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
2301		LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
2302		option was used.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
2303		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2304	Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
2305		could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
2306		Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
2307		communications consulting gmbh.
2308	Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
2309		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2310	Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
2311		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
2312		connection came in from the command line.
2313	Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
2314		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set.  Patch from
2315		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2316	Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
2317		check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
2318	Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
2319		when they were committed.
2320	Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
2321		Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
2322	Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
2323		to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
2324		cause some rulesets to return wrong results.  This would
2325		usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
2326	Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
2327		equate.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
2328		University.
2329	Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
2330		fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
2331		accept() completes.
2332	Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
2333		opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
2334	Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
2335		in a queue run.  Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
2336		Wellcome.
2337	If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
2338		note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
2339		"Deferred".  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
2340		University.
2341	If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
2342		qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
2343		hostname.  Problem noted by David Bremner of the
2344		University of New Brunswick.
2345	Portability:
2346		Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
2347			is in use.  Problem noted by Auteria Wally
2348			Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
2349		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
2350			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2351		OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3).  OpenBSD 2.8 and
2352			higher has BSDI-style login classes.  Patch from
2353			Todd C.  Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
2354		Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
2355			sendmail is being compiled with -kthread.  Problem
2356			noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
2357	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
2358		current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
2359	DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
2360		Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
2361	MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
2362		storing the temporary message file until after the remote
2363		side has sent the final DATA termination dot.  Problem
2364		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
2365		Institute.
2366	MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
2367		are also specified on the command line.  Patch from
2368		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2369	PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
2370		database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
2371	Renamed Files:
2372		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
2373
23748.11.2/8.11.2	2000/12/29
2375	Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
2376		address test mode due to a negative array index.  Audit
2377		other array indexing.  This bug is not believed to be
2378		exploitable.  Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
2379		Schools" project (IdS).
2380	Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
2381		address test mode.  This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
2382		be enabled by compiling with:
2383		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
2384		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.  Suggested by
2385		Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2386	Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
2387		caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
2388	When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
2389		enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
2390		sort sub-optimal.  Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
2391		Colby College.
2392	Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
2393		RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
2394	Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
2395		This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
2396		a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
2397		mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
2398	Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
2399		a cached connection.  Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
2400		NxNetworks, Inc.
2401	Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
2402		client name.
2403	Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
2404		MaxMimeHeaderLength problems.  Requested by Ulrich Windl of
2405		the Universitat Regensburg.
2406	Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
2407		DeliveryMode queue.  Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
2408		University of Arizona.
2409	Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag.  Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
2410		of Collective Technologies.
2411	Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
2412		to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
2413		Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
2414		Engineering.
2415	Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
2416		definition.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2417		Meteorological Institute.
2418	Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
2419		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2420	Fix return values for IRIX nsd map.  From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2421		Meteorological Institute.
2422	Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions.  Read all
2423		of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
2424		interpret Addr= and Port=.  Problem noted by Valdis
2425		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2426	When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
2427		initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
2428		Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
2429	RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
2430		created.  Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
2431		close.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
2432	Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
2433		overall connections, not the number of connections per
2434		socket.  A future version may change this to per socket
2435		counting.
2436	Portability:
2437		Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
2438			where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t).  Problem
2439			noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
2440		Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
2441			whatis.  From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
2442		UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support.  From Larry
2443			Rosenman.
2444		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
2445			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2446		Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
2447			Solaris 2.5 or earlier.  Problem noted by Bob Hughes
2448			of Pacific Access.
2449		Add preliminary support for AIX 5.  Contributed by
2450			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2451		Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
2452			Microsystems.
2453	CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
2454		is used.  Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
2455		patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2456	CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
2457		FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
2458	CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
2459		implicitly assume canonical host names.
2460	CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db.  Based on
2461		patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2462	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
2463		Virginia Tech.
2464	CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
2465		instead of making it worse.  Problem noted by Motonori
2466		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2467	CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
2468	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error.  Problem noted
2469		by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
2470		gmbh.
2471	CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them.  From Mark
2472		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2473	DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
2474		variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
2475		namespace collisions.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
2476		of Kyoto University.
2477	RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail.  It
2478		causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
2479		installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
2480		another MTA.  The change will re-appear in a future
2481		version.
2482	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
2483		and SunOS 5.8.  Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
2484		College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2485	VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
2486	VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
2487		or *-owner.
2488	New Files:
2489		cf/ostype/aix5.m4
2490		contrib/buildvirtuser
2491		devtools/OS/AIX.5.0
2492
24938.11.1/8.11.1	2000/09/27
2494	Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
2495		name.  Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2496	Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
2497		seeded.  This problem only occurs on systems without
2498		/dev/urandom.  Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
2499		digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
2500		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2501	Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
2502		wildcards.
2503	Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
2504		process may close the connection before the child process
2505		has completed.  Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
2506		Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
2507		Hottgenroth of UUNET.
2508	Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
2509		read the LDAP secret from a file.
2510	Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
2511		the user submits the message and before the first delivery
2512		attempt completes.  Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
2513		Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2514	Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
2515		greater than 2^31.  Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
2516		of EarthLink.
2517	Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
2518	Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
2519		non-existent instead of treating it as /.  Problem noted by
2520		Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
2521	Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item.  Problem
2522		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2523	Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
2524		save rejected email anywhere".  Problem noted by Marc G.
2525		Fournier of Acadia University.
2526	If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
2527		the map so subsequent searches reopen the map.  If there are
2528		multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
2529		one of the others may be able to take over.
2530	Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
2531		previous load average query result.
2532	If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
2533		return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
2534		instead of ignoring the map.  Problem noted by Allan E
2535		Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2536	Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
2537		the split envelopes before the original envelope.
2538	Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
2539		defer if the PH server could not be contacted.  From Mark
2540		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2541	Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
2542		ETRN.  Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
2543	Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
2544		RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869.  Problem
2545		reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
2546	Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS.  Problem
2547		noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
2548	Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
2549		client libraries.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
2550		University of British Columbia.
2551	Portability:
2552		Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
2553			instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
2554			override the setting.  Suggested by
2555			Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
2556		On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
2557			/usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation.  From
2558			Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
2559		On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
2560			does not exist).  From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
2561			College.
2562		Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x.  From
2563			Tom Moore of NCR.
2564		NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man.  From
2565			Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
2566		Solaris 8 and later include /var/run.  The default PID file
2567			location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid.  From John
2568			Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2569		SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
2570			which do not.  From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
2571			Consulting.
2572	CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
2573		Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
2574	CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
2575		errors in the MAIL address.
2576	CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files.  Problem
2577		noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
2578	CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
2579		Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2580	CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
2581		GECOS information for an address.  This more closely
2582		matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior.  From Per Hedeland of
2583		Ericsson.
2584	CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
2585		SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
2586		mailer as described in cf/README.
2587	MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
2588		are obeyed.  Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
2589	MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
2590		makemap to 'unmake' the map.
2591	RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
2592		sendmail.
2593	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2594		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2595		Meteorological Institute.
2596	VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
2597	VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
2598		dot as the only character on the line.
2599	New Files:
2600		cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
2601
26028.11.0/8.11.0	2000/07/19
2603	SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
2604		(not the normal case), some operating systems will still
2605		keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
2606		to drop all of its privileges.  If sendmail needs to drop
2607		these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
2608		saved-uid as well, exit with an error.  Problem noted by
2609		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2610	SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
2611		it populates.  It is possible that some broken
2612		implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
2613		Systems in this category should compile with
2614		-DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1.  Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
2615		system and report broken implementations to
2616		sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor.  Problem
2617		noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
2618	Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
2619		Implementation influenced by the example programs of
2620		OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
2621	Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
2622		ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
2623		ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile.  These are documented in
2624		cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
2625	New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
2626		${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
2627		${server_name}, and ${server_addr}.  These are documented
2628		in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
2629	Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
2630		random data.
2631	New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
2632		don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
2633		try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
2634	Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
2635		support encryption.  Based on code contributed by Tim
2636		Martin of CMU.
2637	Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
2638		strength factor.
2639	LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
2640		(delimiter) flag was not given.  Problem noted by ST Wong of
2641		the Chinese University of Hong Kong.  Fix from Mark Adamson
2642		of CMU.
2643	Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
2644		ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
2645		Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
2646	Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions.  As
2647		documented, unless a family is specified in a
2648		DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default.  It is
2649		also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
2650		Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
2651		by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
2652		they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces.  Problem noted
2653		by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2654	Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
2655		the interface information for an outgoing connection.
2656		Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
2657		family and address used in subsequent connections if the
2658		M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions.  Problem noted
2659		by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2660	If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
2661		family based on the IP address.  ${if_family} is no longer
2662		persistent (i.e., saved in qf files).  Patch from John Beck
2663		of Sun Microsystems.
2664	sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
2665		macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
2666		the outgoing interface address/family.  In order for M=b
2667		modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
2668		the incoming information in the queue file for later
2669		delivery attempts.
2670	Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
2671		responses to commands.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
2672		smoe.org.
2673	Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
2674		to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc().  Problem
2675		noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2676	The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
2677		Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
2678	Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
2679		but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
2680		delivered when it really should have been queued.  Problem
2681		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2682	Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
2683		the SMTP transaction out of sync.  Problem noted by Per
2684		Hedeland of Ericsson.
2685	Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
2686		is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
2687		between sfio and stdio.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert
2688		of Northern Illinois University.
2689	Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log.  Problem
2690		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2691	Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
2692		to kilobyte units.
2693	If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
2694		looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
2695		attempt.  Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
2696		Polytechnic.
2697	Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
2698		as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
2699		queue file and persistent host status.  Problem noted by
2700		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2701	Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
2702		within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
2703		Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2704	Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
2705		sender.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2706	If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
2707		abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
2708		states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
2709	Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
2710		restrictive.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
2711		G. Thomas Consulting.
2712	Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
2713		port number (113).
2714	Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
2715		Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2716	Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
2717		host portions (or there are no recipients).  Problem noted
2718		by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2719	If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
2720		only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
2721		it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
2722		other maps.  Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
2723	Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
2724		authentication.  Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
2725		University of Mainz.
2726	Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
2727		via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
2728	Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile.  Omission
2729		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2730	Portability:
2731		Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
2732			'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others).  From Jun
2733			Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
2734		Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
2735		NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
2736			work properly causing problems if the accept()
2737			fails and the socket needs to be reopened.  Patch
2738			from Tom Moore of NCR.
2739		NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages.  From
2740			Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
2741		Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
2742			for calls to getipnodebyname().  The Linux
2743			implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
2744			under Linux.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
2745			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
2746	CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
2747		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2748	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
2749		confCACERT_PATH			CACERTPath
2750		confCACERT			CACERTFile
2751		confCLIENT_CERT			ClientCertFile
2752		confCLIENT_KEY			ClientKeyFile
2753		confDH_PARAMETERS		DHParameters
2754		confRAND_FILE			RandFile
2755		confSERVER_CERT			ServerCertFile
2756		confSERVER_KEY			ServerKeyFile
2757	CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
2758		tags to the access database to support these policies.  See
2759		cf/README for more information.
2760	CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
2761	CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
2762		called due to a STARTTLS command.
2763	CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
2764		instead of temporary.
2765	CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
2766		the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
2767		tag.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
2768		Consulting.
2769	CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
2770		OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux').  From Tim Pierce of
2771		RootsWeb.com.
2772	CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
2773		forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
2774		possible.  Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
2775		University of Maryland.
2776	CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users.  From
2777		Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
2778	CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
2779		ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
2780		ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
2781		underscore is in OperatorChars.  Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
2782		of the University of Alberta.
2783	CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
2784		Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
2785	CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
2786	CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
2787		of X.509 certificates.
2788	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl:  More protection from special characters;
2789		treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
2790		GECOS full name and username match.  From Ulrich Windl of the
2791		Universitat Regensburg.
2792	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
2793		typo.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2794	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
2795		and sendmail.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2796	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
2797		subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2798	CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
2799		calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
2800		script for movemail.pl).  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2801	CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
2802		makemap).  From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
2803	DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
2804		extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
2805		target.  Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
2806		University.
2807	DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
2808	DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
2809		links.
2810	LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
2811		reported.
2812	MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability.  Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
2813		Denman Tire Corporation.
2814	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
2815		-DCONTENTLENGTH.  Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
2816	MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
2817	MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
2818		and -man on Solaris 7.  Patch from Larry Williamson.
2819	RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf().  Problem noted by David Hayes of
2820		Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
2821	RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
2822		have a From line.
2823	VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
2824		to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
2825	Added Files:
2826		cf/ostype/darwin.m4
2827		contrib/cidrexpand
2828		contrib/link_hash.sh
2829		contrib/movemail.conf
2830		contrib/movemail.pl
2831		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
2832		test/t_snprintf.c
2833
28348.10.2/8.10.2	2000/06/07
2835	SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
2836		On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
2837		the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
2838		process to drop its privileges.  Problem noted by Wojciech
2839		Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
2840	SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
2841		initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
2842	Added Files:
2843		test/t_setuid.c
2844
28458.10.1/8.10.1	2000/04/06
2846	SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
2847		Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
2848		AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage.  We do not
2849		recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
2850		password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers.  See
2851		cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
2852	Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
2853		OSs.  Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
2854	Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
2855	Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
2856		greater than sendmail binary supported version.  Patch
2857		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2858	Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
2859		a segmentation fault when using address test mode.  Based on
2860		patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2861	Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3).  Problem
2862		noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
2863	Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
2864	Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
2865		or higher.
2866	Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
2867		exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
2868	Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
2869	Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
2870		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2871		Polytechnic Institute.
2872	Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
2873		discards the message.
2874	Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
2875		when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
2876		attempted to the alias.
2877	Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
2878		flag options.
2879	Portability:
2880		SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
2881			AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
2882			linker semantics.  AIX 4.X users should consult
2883			sendmail/README for further information.  Problem
2884			noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2885		Avoid use of strerror(3) call.  Problem noted by Charles
2886			Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
2887		DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
2888			program.  From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
2889		HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
2890		Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
2891			from J. P. McCann of E I A.
2892		Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
2893			Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
2894			Services, LLC.
2895		Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
2896			strlc{at,py}(3) functions.  From Todd C. Miller of
2897			Courtesan Consulting.
2898		SINIX doesn't have random(3).  From Gerald Rinske of
2899			Siemens Business Services.
2900	CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
2901		include the sender address.  Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
2902		of WSRCC.
2903	CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
2904	CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
2905		to be backward compatible with 8.9.
2906	CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
2907		to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
2908	CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
2909	DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored.  Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
2910		of NEC.
2911	DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
2912		(i486).  From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
2913	DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
2914		libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
2915		overloaded -L option.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
2916		Virginia Tech.
2917	DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
2918		confNROFF.  Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
2919		University.
2920	DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
2921		for other internal projects but included in the open source
2922		release.
2923	LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
2924		map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
2925		This fixes makemap when building the userdb file.  Problem
2926		noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
2927	LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
2928		it doesn't already exist.  Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
2929		Sendmail.
2930	LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
2931		available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails.  This
2932		fixes praliases.  Patch	from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2933	LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
2934		as SFF_NOWRFILES.
2935	OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags.  Suggested by
2936		Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
2937		Northern Illinois University.
2938	PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
2939		particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
2940		command line.  Man page updated accordingly.  Patch from
2941		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2942	VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
2943		Polytechnique de Montreal.
2944	VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
2945		compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
2946		Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
2947	Added Files:
2948		devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
2949		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
2950	Deleted Files:
2951		contrib/converting.sun.configs
2952	Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
2953		doc/intro
2954		doc/usenix
2955		doc/changes
2956
29578.10.0/8.10.0	2000/03/01
2958	    *************************************************************
2959	    * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered	*
2960	    * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team.	*
2961	    * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering	*
2962	    * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment	*
2963	    * of this release.  It was her vision, dedication, and	*
2964	    * support that has made this release a success.  Julie died	*
2965	    * on October 26, 1999 of cancer.  We have lost a leader, a	*
2966	    * coach, and a friend.					*
2967	    *								*
2968	    * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy,	*
2969	    * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us.	*
2970	    * Julie, we miss you!					*
2971	    *************************************************************
2972	SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
2973		links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
2974		to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
2975		symbolic link target.
2976	SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
2977		the alias map.  Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
2978		"Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2979	SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
2980		the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
2981		sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
2982		(leaving it in an inconsistent state).  This option and
2983		its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
2984		version of sendmail.
2985	SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
2986		stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail.  Problem noted
2987		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2988		(IdS).
2989	Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This affects
2990		a large number of files.  See cf/README for more details.
2991	The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
2992		for easier code sharing among the programs.
2993	Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554).  New macros for this purpose
2994		are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
2995		which hold the client's authentication credentials,
2996		the mechanism used for authentication, and the
2997		authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
2998		supplied).  Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
2999	On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
3000		distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
3001		file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
3002		disk.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3003	New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3004		memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
3005		used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3006	New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3007		memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
3008		file is used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3009	sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
3010		now listen on several different ports.  Use:
3011		O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
3012		to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
3013		on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
3014		off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
3015	The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated.  Mail user agents should
3016		begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
3017		message submission.  XUSR may disappear from a future release.
3018	The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
3019		indicates that the message being submitted from the command
3020		line is for relaying, not initial submission.  This means
3021		the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
3022		qualified and no canonicalization will be done.  Future
3023		releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
3024	The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
3025		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3026		Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
3027		this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
3028	The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
3029		from the command line is an initial user submission and act
3030		accordingly.
3031	If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
3032		program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
3033		address is marked as unsafe.  This means if RunAsUser is
3034		set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
3035		files in their .forward files.  Administrators can override
3036		this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
3037		setting NonRootSafeAddr.
3038	Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
3039		on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
3040		TrustStickyBit.  Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
3041		InCert Software.
3042	Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
3043		files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
3044		set in the DontBlameSendmail option.  Requested by many.
3045	New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
3046		a control socket request.
3047	New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
3048		settings:
3049		Timeout.resolver.retrans
3050			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3051			seconds).  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3052			and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
3053		Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3054			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3055			seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3056		Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3057			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3058			seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
3059			delivery attempt.
3060		Timeout.resolver.retry
3061			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3062			query.  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3063			and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
3064		Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3065			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3066			query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3067		Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3068			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3069			query for all resolver lookups except the first
3070			delivery attempt.
3071		Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3072	Support multiple queue directories.  To use multiple queues, supply
3073		a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk.  For
3074		example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
3075		directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
3076		'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories.  Keep in
3077		mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
3078		while sendmail is running.  Queue runs create a separate
3079		process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
3080		given on a non-daemon queue run.  New items are randomly
3081		assigned to a queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3082	Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
3083		subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
3084		exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
3085		corresponding queue files.  Keep in mind, the queue
3086		directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
3087		running.  Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
3088		Telecommunications Ltd.
3089	New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
3090		unique for 60 years.  This allows queue IDs to be assigned
3091		without fancy file system locking.  Queued items can be
3092		moved between queues easily.  Contributed by Exactis.com,
3093		Inc.
3094	Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
3095		(e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
3096		set.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3097	New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
3098		syslog.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3099	QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename.  This
3100		avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
3101		to run the queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3102	Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
3103		donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
3104	The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
3105	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
3106		QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
3107		being added.  Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
3108	IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
3109		University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
3110		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3111	In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
3112		connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
3113		Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
3114		Ltd.
3115	The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
3116		on systems which support them.  This can be used with LMTP
3117		local delivery agents which listen on a named socket.  An
3118		example mailer might be:
3119			Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
3120				S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
3121				A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
3122		Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
3123	The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated.  Use [IPC]
3124		instead.
3125	The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
3126		legitimate value.  Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
3127		connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
3128		version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
3129	PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
3130		flags.
3131	PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
3132		body of the original message on delivery status
3133		notifications.
3134	Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set.  Problem noted
3135		by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
3136	Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
3137		Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset.  Problem noted by
3138		Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3139	Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times.  OperatorChars should
3140		not be set after rulesets are defined.  Suggested by
3141		Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3142	Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files.  In
3143		interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
3144		responses after the DATA command.  Problem noted by
3145		Nik Conwell of Boston University.
3146	Check file close when mailing to files.  Problem noted by Nik
3147		Conwell of Boston University.
3148	Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map.  Patch from
3149		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3150	Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
3151		ldap_open() or ldap_init().  Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
3152		@Home Network.
3153	New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
3154		parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted.  See SMTP
3155		AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
3156	Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
3157		check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
3158		similar to check_rcpt etc.
3159	Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
3160		${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
3161		the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
3162		the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
3163		From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3164	New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
3165		call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP.  Proposed
3166		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3167	New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
3168		the corresponding DSN parameter values.  Proposed by
3169		Mathias Herberts.
3170	New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
3171		i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
3172		before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
3173		the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
3174		in check_compat).
3175	The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
3176		sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
3177		option.
3178	New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
3179	Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
3180		a local address.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3181	Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
3182		Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3183	Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
3184	New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
3185		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
3186	Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
3187		is set.
3188	Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
3189		for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
3190	Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
3191		This flag is set by default for the host map.  Based on a
3192		proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
3193	Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
3194	Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
3195	New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
3196		of the sum of all headers.  This can be used to prevent
3197		a denial-of-service attack.
3198	New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
3199		headers and parameters within those headers.  This option
3200		is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
3201		overflow attacks.
3202	Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
3203		alias recursion.
3204	New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
3205	Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
3206	Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
3207		directly before the newline.
3208	New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
3209		dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
3210		/usr/tmp/dead.letter.  If this option is not set (the
3211		default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
3212		system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
3213		to the user nor postmaster.  Instead, it will rename the qf
3214		file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
3215		could not be opened.
3216	New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file.  The
3217		value of this option is macro expanded.
3218	New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
3219		process title shown in 'ps' listings.
3220	New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
3221		(along with the already existing macros):
3222		${daemon_info}      Daemon information, e.g.
3223		                    SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
3224		${daemon_addr}	    Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
3225		${daemon_family}    Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
3226		${daemon_name}      Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
3227		${daemon_port}	    Daemon port, e.g., 25
3228		${queue_interval}   Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
3229	New macros especially for virtual hosting:
3230		${if_name}	hostname of interface of incoming connection.
3231		${if_addr}	address of interface of incoming connection.
3232		The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
3233		loopback net.
3234	If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
3235		would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
3236		Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
3237	Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
3238		Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
3239		${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME).  Suggested by
3240		Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3241		The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
3242	H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks.  This
3243		ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
3244		not have its own ruleset assigned.  Suggested by Jan
3245		Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3246		The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
3247	Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
3248		removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
3249		to 9.  For example, "R$+ ( 1 )		$@ 1" matches the
3250		input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
3251	Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3252		MIME messages.  Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
3253		Multimedia Consumer Services.  Fix from Per Hedeland of
3254		Ericsson.
3255	Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3256		messages with 8-bit text in headers.  Problem noted by
3257		Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College.  Fix from Per Hedeland
3258		of Ericsson.
3259	Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
3260		modified database map file.  Problem noted by Chris Adams
3261		of Renaissance Internet Services.
3262	Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
3263		$#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
3264		queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
3265	Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
3266		standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
3267		something other than 250 is received.  Based on a patch
3268		from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3269	New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
3270		important files instead of root.  This requires HASFCHOWN.
3271	Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
3272		setting USERDB=0 works.  Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
3273	Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
3274		being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
3275		really went wrong.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3276	$? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
3277	Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
3278		equate name.
3279	New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
3280		executing the mailer program.  Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
3281	New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
3282		mailer to return after sending all data to it.
3283	Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
3284		into a previously filled slot.  Previously, the memory was
3285		freed at removal time.  Since removal can happen in a
3286		signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
3287		inconsistent state.  Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
3288		David Cooley of Colby College.
3289	When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
3290		local users in the passwd file.  The UserDB code has
3291		already decided the message will be passed to another host
3292		for processing.  Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
3293		Buckeridge Young Limited.
3294	Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
3295		password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
3296		'-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'.  The
3297		distinguished_name is who to login as.  The method can be
3298		one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
3299		LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  The filename is the file containing the
3300		secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
3301		ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  Patch from Booker Bense
3302		of Stanford University.
3303	The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap.  The use of ldapx is
3304		deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
3305	If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
3306		and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
3307		response into a delimiter separated string.  The LDAP map
3308		will traverse multiple entries as well.  LDAP alias maps
3309		automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
3310		Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
3311		idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
3312	Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup.  The
3313		values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
3314		For example, `-v "email,emailother"'.  Patch from
3315		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3316	Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
3317	If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
3318		attributes found in the match will be returned.
3319	Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
3320		breaking up a single entry into multiple entries.  This is
3321		needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
3322		comma separated key and value strings.
3323	Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
3324		for each lookup.  To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
3325		connections such that multiple maps which use the same
3326		host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
3327		a single connection to that host.
3328	Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
3329	Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
3330		LDAP lookups.
3331	Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
3332		resources.
3333	Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
3334	Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
3335	Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification.  '%s' is still
3336		replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
3337		note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
3338		special characters.  The new '%0' token can be used instead
3339		of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
3340		For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
3341		"(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
3342		equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
3343		user attribute.  Instead, if the LDAP map specification
3344		contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
3345		would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
3346		with the name "*".
3347	New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
3348		more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
3349		being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
3350		alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
3351		matches to return.
3352	New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
3353		LDAP maps.  The value should only contain LDAP specific
3354		settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc.  The
3355		settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
3356		specified in the individual map specification ('K'
3357		command).  This option should be set before any LDAP maps
3358		are defined.
3359	Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
3360		continually fails.  Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
3361		Tech.
3362	Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries.  In
3363		particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
3364		important if you have large classes.
3365	On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
3366		gave error in the queued status message.  Requested by
3367		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3368	Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
3369		configuration.  Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
3370		delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
3371		unless the queued message is selected using one of the
3372		-qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request.  Code
3373		provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
3374	New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
3375		control socket.  This socket allows an external program to
3376		control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
3377		via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
3378		INN news server.  Access to this interface is controlled by
3379		the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
3380		systems (see sendmail/README for more information).  An
3381		example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
3382	Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
3383		RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
3384		number of processors online on the system (if that can be
3385		determined).  For single processor machines, this change
3386		has no effect.
3387	Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
3388		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3389	Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases.  Patch from
3390		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3391	Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
3392		at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
3393	Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
3394		happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
3395	Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
3396		LogLevel 10 or higher.  Previously, only TCP/IP connections
3397		were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher.  Setting
3398		LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
3399		connection-based denial of service attacks.
3400	Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
3401		10 or higher.
3402	Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
3403		information (from= syslog line).
3404	Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
3405		equate (dsn=).
3406	Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
3407	New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see
3408		sendmail/README for details.  Contributed by Mark Roth
3409		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3410	Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
3411		bracketed IP address.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
3412		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3413	Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries.  Problem noted by
3414		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3415	When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
3416		the program as the default user and the default group, not
3417		the forward file user.  This change also assures the
3418		:include: directives in aliases are also processed using
3419		the default user and group.  Problem noted by Sergiu
3420		Popovici of DNT Romania.
3421	Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
3422		no home directory (/no/such/directory).  Problem noted by
3423		Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
3424	Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
3425		message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
3426		above).  Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
3427	Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
3428		accepted.  If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
3429		helpful to know the sender of the message.
3430	Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
3431		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3432	Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
3433		interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
3434		multiple files.
3435	Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
3436		greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
3437		version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
3438		the helpfile ($v).  Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
3439		PIPEX.  Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
3440		skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced.  The
3441		helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
3442		version is found, a warning is logged.  The '#vers'
3443		directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
3444	Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
3445		disk succeeded.  Suggested by Nick Christenson.
3446	If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
3447		length before the attempt.
3448	If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
3449		user's uid before checking permissions on the file.  This
3450		allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
3451		root is remapped to nobody.  Problem noted by Harald
3452		Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
3453	purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
3454		host status files, not all files.
3455	Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
3456		in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
3457		is attempted on the queued item.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
3458		Wonderworks Inc.
3459	Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
3460		macro map class.  This can be used to store information
3461		between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
3462		Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
3463		of Hannover.
3464	New map class arith to allow for computations in rules.  The
3465		operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
3466		as key.  The two operands are specified as arguments; the
3467		lookup returns the result of the computation.  For example,
3468		"$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
3469		"$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
3470	Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
3471		include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
3472		flag:
3473			H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
3474		This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
3475		It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
3476		the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
3477	Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
3478		all of the headers have been collected.  The input to the
3479		ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
3480		headers in bytes separated by $|.  This ruleset along with
3481		the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
3482		gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
3483		See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
3484	Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
3485		to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec.  This
3486		option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
3487		version.
3488	Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
3489	Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
3490	Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
3491		if referencing a named ruleset.
3492	New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
3493		delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
3494	Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
3495		using it to sort.  Now all the same domains are really run
3496		through the queue together.  If they have the same MX host,
3497		then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
3498		connection cache if available.  This should be a reasonable
3499		performance improvement.  Patch from Randall Winchester of
3500		the University of Maryland.
3501	If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
3502		have received the message if it had not been rejected.
3503	New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
3504		queue immediately.  No delivery attempt is made.
3505	Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
3506		up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
3507		COMMANDS).
3508	New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
3509		but for outgoing connections.
3510	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
3511		error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
3512			a	require authentication
3513			b	bind to interface through which mail has
3514				been received
3515			c	perform hostname canonification
3516			f	require fully qualified hostname
3517			h	use name of interface for outgoing HELO
3518				command
3519			C	don't perform hostname canonification
3520			E	disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
3521	New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
3522			h	use name of interface for HELO command
3523	The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
3524	Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
3525		to 10 or higher.  Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
3526		Institutes of Health.
3527	If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
3528		format.  Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
3529	Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
3530	Move message priority from sender to recipient logging.  Suggested by
3531		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3532	Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
3533	Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
3534		Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
3535	Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
3536		Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
3537	Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
3538		sub-options is set on the command line.  Problem noted by
3539		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3540	Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
3541		attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
3542		session.  Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
3543	Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
3544	Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
3545		DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
3546		to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
3547	If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
3548		the bounce for the same reason.  If the body is not 8-bit
3549		clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
3550		not be included in the bounce.  Problem noted by Valdis
3551		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3552	The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
3553		'${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
3554		simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
3555		This will detect the inability to send information quicker
3556		and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
3557		timeout.
3558	Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
3559		interface address structure when loading the system network
3560		interface addresses.  Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
3561		Nanoteq.
3562	Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
3563		indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
3564		for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w).  The
3565		default value is 512.  Based on idea from Reinier
3566		Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
3567	If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
3568		on load average.
3569	Allow ruleset 0 to have a name.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3570		Northern Illinois University.
3571	Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
3572		envelope splitting has occurred.
3573	Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
3574		Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
3575	Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
3576	Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
3577		header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
3578		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3579		Institute.
3580	The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
3581		the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}".  This would copy all of
3582		the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
3583	Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
3584		split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
3585		the recipients were added.  Based on fix from Motonori
3586		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3587	Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
3588		addresses.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3589	Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
3590		message.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3591	If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
3592		syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
3593	Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery.  Problem
3594		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3595	On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
3596		login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
3597		This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
3598		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3599	Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
3600		unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
3601	Strip returns from forward and include files.  Problem noted by
3602		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3603	Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
3604		resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
3605		Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3606		University.
3607	Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
3608		pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
3609		the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
3610	If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
3611		ignored and its rules added to S0.  Instead, ignore the
3612		ruleset lines as well.
3613	Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
3614		success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
3615		single address due to S5 and UserDB processing.  Problems
3616		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3617		Institute.
3618	Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
3619		to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
3620		Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
3621	Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
3622		command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
3623		headers.  Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
3624		programs, file, DECnet, etc.
3625	Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
3626		spoof their return address.  Based on idea from Neil Rickert
3627		of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
3628		of Ericsson.
3629	Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
3630		owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
3631		:include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
3632		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3633	Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
3634		the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
3635		response code and drops the connection.  This behavior was
3636		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
3637		sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
3638	If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
3639		file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
3640		a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure.  Fix
3641		from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
3642	Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
3643		instead of spaces between arguments.  Problem noted by Randy
3644		Wormser.  Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3645		University.
3646	Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
3647		by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
3648		privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
3649		'sendmail -bs'.
3650	Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
3651		"statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
3652		them in the .cf file.
3653	Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
3654		success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
3655		systems.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
3656		of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
3657	Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
3658		multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
3659	Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
3660		will be added even if one already exists.  Problem noted
3661		by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3662	Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
3663		This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
3664		with commands and then disconnecting.  Previously, the
3665		server would process all of the buffered commands.  Problem
3666		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3667	Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'.  Problem
3668		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3669	If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
3670		last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist.  Otherwise, use
3671		the last temporary (4XX) failure.
3672	RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case.  Patch
3673		from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
3674	Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
3675		prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
3676		site which drops IDENT packets.  Suggested by many.
3677	Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
3678		is available in the in-memory cache.  Problem noted by Per
3679		Hedeland of Ericsson.
3680	mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
3681		representation and a leading backslash.  This avoids problems
3682		with "unprintable" characters.  Problem noted by Michal
3683		Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3684	The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
3685		one character past the limit.  This would cause subsequent
3686		hops to break the line again.  The '!' is now placed in
3687		the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
3688		Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.  Based on fix
3689		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3690	If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
3691		resolver will fall back to TCP.  However, some
3692		misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
3693		fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed.  Therefore,
3694		don't fail on ANY queries.
3695	If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
3696		address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
3697		to the postmaster.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3698		Northern Illinois University.
3699	Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
3700		specification.  Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
3701		State University.
3702	Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
3703		cached connections.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3704		Northern Illinois University.
3705	Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
3706		"host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
3707	Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
3708	Portability:
3709		Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
3710			the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
3711			other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
3712			is not available.  Problem noted by Allan E
3713			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3714		AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
3715			This allows network interface probing to work
3716			properly.  Fix from David Bronder of the
3717			University of Iowa.
3718		AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
3719		Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
3720			AIX.  This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
3721			name.
3722		Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
3723		Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
3724			Virginia Tech.
3725		Digital UNIX has uname(2).
3726		GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
3727			Amsterdam.
3728		Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
3729		Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
3730			FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
3731		Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
3732			files.  Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
3733			in building the operating system.  Users can
3734			override the defaults by setting confCC and
3735			confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
3736		IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
3737		Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
3738		Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
3739			of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
3740		Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
3741			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
3742		Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
3743			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
3744		Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
3745			Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
3746		NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support.  From
3747			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3748		NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
3749			_PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
3750			NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
3751		Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
3752		NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
3753			1024 in conf.h.  Since confENVDEF would be used,
3754			use that value in conf.h.
3755		Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name.  From Gerd Knops of
3756			BITart Consulting.
3757		Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
3758			AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
3759			defined.  Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
3760			Computer, Inc.
3761		NeXT portability tweaks.  Problems reported by Dragan
3762			Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
3763			of E I A.
3764		New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
3765			can reuse the same PID in the same second.
3766		New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
3767			fchown(2).
3768		New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
3769			not have random(3).  rand() will be used instead.
3770		New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
3771			srandomdev(3).
3772		New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
3773			setlogin(2).
3774		Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
3775			specific SINIX files.  From Gerald Rinske of
3776			Siemens Business Services.
3777		Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
3778			average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
3779			UNIX).  From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
3780		Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.  Suggested by
3781			Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
3782		Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
3783			Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
3784			Aerospace.
3785		Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
3786			HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
3787			NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
3788		New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
3789			use of getservbyname() on systems which can
3790			not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
3791			HI-UX.  Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
3792			University.
3793		Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x.  Problem noted
3794			by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
3795			Technology Information Network.
3796		make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2.  Problem
3797			noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
3798		Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
3799		Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
3800			and OpenBSD.
3801		A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
3802			of local_hostname_length().  See sendmail/README
3803			for more details.  Problem noted by Allan E
3804			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3805	CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This
3806		affects a large number of files.  See cf/README for more
3807		details.
3808	CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
3809		trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
3810	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
3811	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
3812		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3813		BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
3814	CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root.  This
3815		requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd').  From Todd C. Miller of
3816		Courtesan Consulting.
3817	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
3818	CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
3819		domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
3820		be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
3821	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
3822		DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
3823		multiple times.
3824	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
3825		mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
3826		with From:).
3827	CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
3828		From:, To:) to enable finer control.
3829	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
3830		routing.  See cf/README for a complete description of the
3831		new functionality.
3832	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
3833		confAUTH_MECHANISMS		AuthMechanisms
3834		confAUTH_OPTIONS		AuthOptions
3835		confCLIENT_OPTIONS		ClientPortOptions
3836		confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME		ControlSocketName
3837		confDEAD_LETTER_DROP		DeadLetterDrop
3838		confDEF_AUTH_INFO		DefaultAuthInfo
3839		confDF_BUFFER_SIZE		DataFileBufferSize
3840		confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC		LDAPDefaultSpec
3841		confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION		MaxAliasRecursion
3842		confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH		MaxHeadersLength
3843		confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH	MaxMimeHeaderLength
3844		confPID_FILE			PidFile
3845		confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX	ProcessTitlePrefix
3846		confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN		RrtImpliesDsn
3847		confTO_CONTROL			Timeout.control
3848		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS		Timeout.resolver.retrans
3849		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3850		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3851		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY		Timeout.resolver.retry
3852		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3853		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3854		confTRUSTED_USER		TrustedUser
3855		confXF_BUFFER_SIZE		XscriptFileBufferSize
3856	CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
3857		which takes the options as argument and can be used
3858		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
3859	CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
3860		"dsmtp".  This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
3861		F=% mailer flag described above.  The "dsmtp" mailer
3862		definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
3863		to "IPC $h".
3864	CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
3865		and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
3866		local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
3867	CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
3868		the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer.  The
3869		value should be changed with care.
3870	CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
3871		for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
3872	CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
3873		there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
3874		complain.
3875	CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
3876		to get the old behavior.  Suggested by Joe Pruett
3877		of Q7 Enterprises.
3878	CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
3879		will not be masqueraded.  Proposed by Arne Wichmann
3880		of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
3881		Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
3882	CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
3883		specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
3884		i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
3885		for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
3886		of Northern Illinois University.
3887	CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
3888		FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
3889		a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
3890	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
3891		nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
3892		in it.
3893	CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
3894		in class 'P' ($=P).
3895	CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
3896		can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
3897		FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
3898		class also to entire subdomains.  Hosts in this class are
3899		treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
3900		is added.
3901	CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
3902		include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
3903	CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
3904		genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
3905	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
3906		Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
3907	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups.  Suggested
3908		by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
3909	CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
3910		Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
3911	CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w.  Suggested by Steve
3912		Hubert of University of Washington.
3913	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
3914		GNU is now the canonical system name.  From Mark
3915		Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
3916	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
3917	CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
3918		associated with the option.  From Andrew Brown of
3919		Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
3920	CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer.  Contributed
3921		by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
3922		Services.
3923	CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
3924		names.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
3925		Aerospace.
3926	CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
3927		for the relay mailer.  Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
3928		University and Brian Candler.
3929	CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
3930		header) by default.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3931	CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
3932		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3933		Institute.
3934	CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
3935		i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
3936	CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
3937		who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
3938		is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
3939	CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
3940		after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
3941	CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
3942		feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
3943		sequence maps.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3944	CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
3945		line string for the local mailer.  Requested by Il Oh of
3946		Willamette Industries, Inc.
3947	CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
3948		converted to <user@d>
3949	CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
3950		Sun's older, broken configuration files.
3951	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
3952		normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
3953		performed.
3954	CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
3955		${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
3956		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3957		Institute.
3958	CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
3959		be accessed by their numbers).
3960	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
3961		which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
3962		of an address.
3963	CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
3964		to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
3965		set.  If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
3966		action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
3967	CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
3968		and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
3969		The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
3970	CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
3971		where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
3972	CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
3973	CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
3974		line.  Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3975		Institute.
3976	CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
3977	CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
3978		arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
3979		mailer definition flags.  This makes it possible to use
3980		other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
3981	CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
3982		FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
3983		Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
3984	CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
3985		default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
3986	CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
3987		local mailer.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3988	CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
3989		University of California at Berkeley.
3990	CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
3991		Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3992	CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names.  Patch from
3993		Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
3994	CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3995		Corporation UK.
3996	CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
3997	DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
3998		the Build scripts.  Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
3999		Yale University.
4000	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
4001		be used for building.
4002	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
4003		used for a fresh build.
4004	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
4005	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
4006		ranlib.
4007	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
4008		<path>/obj.*.  Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
4009	DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
4010		building of the man pages when defined.  Suggested by Bryan
4011		Costales.
4012	DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
4013		confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
4014		installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
4015		respectively.  Suggested by Bryan Costales.
4016	DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX.  Patch from Gerald Rinske
4017		of Siemens Business Services.
4018	DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
4019		stdio library.  The new buffered file I/O depends on the
4020		Torek stdio library.  This option can be either portable or
4021		torek.
4022	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
4023		correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
4024		They should contain the C source files for the object files
4025		listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD.  These file names
4026		will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
4027	DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
4028		in the sendmail distribution.  Each has the form
4029		`conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
4030		The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
4031		conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
4032	DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign.  This should have little affect on
4033		building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
4034		are in devtools/README.
4035	DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
4036		exists.  Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4037	DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
4038		the path to the sendmail source directory.  confSRCDIR is a
4039		new variable which identifies the root of the source
4040		directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
4041	DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
4042		time.  They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
4043		macro.
4044	DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
4045	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
4046		build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
4047		Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
4048		directories.  Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
4049		Corporation.
4050	DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
4051		manual pages in the directory tree specified by
4052		confMANROOTMAN.
4053	DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
4054		preformatted pages from the distribution.  The new variable
4055		confCOPY specifies the copying program.
4056	DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
4057		question.  Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
4058		Communications.
4059	DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
4060		of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
4061	DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
4062		operating system identity.  Problem noted by Erik
4063		Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
4064	DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
4065		will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
4066		Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
4067	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
4068		how to strip binaries.  These are used by the new
4069		install-strip target.
4070	DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
4071		the others (if it exists).
4072	DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
4073		then the default ones.
4074	MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root.  To use mail.local
4075		as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
4076		MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
4077		to set the S flag.
4078	MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
4079		accepted by sendmail.  Suggested by Neil Rickert of
4080		Northern Illinois University.
4081	MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
4082		8BITMIME in the LHLO response.  Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
4083		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4084	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
4085		MAILLOCK when compiling.  Also requires linking with
4086		-lmail.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4087		University.
4088	MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
4089		defined when compiling.  Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
4090		and later.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4091		University.
4092	MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
4093		structure to the beginning of the program.  This ensures that
4094		the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
4095		unauthenticated user.  If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
4096		on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
4097		"authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
4098		key."  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4099		University.
4100	MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
4101		set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
4102		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4103	MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
4104		characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
4105		line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
4106		newline).  If an input line was 2047 characters long
4107		(excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
4108		mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
4109		user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
4110		If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
4111		mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
4112		what they have written.  Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
4113		Alcatel Australia Limited.
4114	MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
4115		temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota.  Suggested by
4116		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4117	MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
4118		timeout to avoid starvation.
4119	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
4120		local-parts.  Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
4121		Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4122	MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4123	MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
4124		printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
4125		is reset.  Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
4126		of Maryland.
4127	MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
4128		generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
4129		sendmail configuration file.
4130	MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
4131		configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
4132		option.
4133	MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database.  Based on
4134		code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4135	MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values.  Suggested by Philip
4136		A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
4137	MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems.  Problem
4138		noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
4139	OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
4140		equates.  Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
4141	OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation.  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4142		Corporation UK.
4143	OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
4144		(e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
4145		option was specified on the command line).  Problem noted
4146		by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
4147	PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
4148		Berkeley DB.  Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
4149		Institute for Global Communications.
4150	PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
4151		alias file(s) if the -f option is not used.  Patch from
4152		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4153	PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
4154		configuration file to use for finding alias file(s).  Patch
4155		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4156	SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit.  Allow command
4157		lists using || and &&.  Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
4158		of the Institute for Global Communications.
4159	SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system.  From Tim Pierce
4160		of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
4161	VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
4162	LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library.  Works with Berkeley
4163		DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
4164	Changed Files:
4165		The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
4166			no longer symbolic links.  They are now scripts
4167			which execute the actual Build script in
4168			devtools/bin.
4169		All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
4170			-mandoc as they were previously.
4171		Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
4172			of Build will work (unless parameters are
4173			required for Build).
4174	New Directories:
4175		devtools/M4/UNIX
4176		include
4177		libmilter
4178		libsmdb
4179		libsmutil
4180		vacation
4181	Renamed Directories:
4182		BuildTools => devtools
4183		src => sendmail
4184	Deleted Files:
4185		cf/m4/nullrelay.m4
4186		devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
4187		devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4188		devtools/OS/SINIX
4189		sendmail/ldap_map.h
4190	New Files:
4191		INSTALL
4192		PGPKEYS
4193		cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
4194		cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
4195		cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
4196		cf/feature/dnsbl.m4
4197		cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
4198		cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
4199		cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
4200		cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
4201		cf/mailer/qpage.m4
4202		cf/ostype/bsdi.m4
4203		cf/ostype/hpux11.m4
4204		cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
4205		contrib/bounce-resender.pl
4206		contrib/domainmap.m4
4207		contrib/qtool.8
4208		contrib/qtool.pl
4209		devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
4210		devtools/M4/list.m4
4211		devtools/M4/string.m4
4212		devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
4213		devtools/M4/switch.m4
4214		devtools/OS/Darwin
4215		devtools/OS/GNU
4216		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
4217		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
4218		devtools/OS/m88k
4219		devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
4220		mail.local/Makefile
4221		mailstats/Makefile
4222		makemap/Makefile
4223		praliases/Makefile
4224		rmail/Makefile
4225		sendmail/Makefile
4226		sendmail/bf.h
4227		sendmail/bf_portable.c
4228		sendmail/bf_portable.h
4229		sendmail/bf_torek.c
4230		sendmail/bf_torek.h
4231		sendmail/shmticklib.c
4232		sendmail/statusd_shm.h
4233		sendmail/timers.c
4234		sendmail/timers.h
4235		smrsh/Makefile
4236		vacation/Makefile
4237	Renamed Files:
4238		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
4239		sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
4240		sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
4241		sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
4242		sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
4243		sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
4244		sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
4245		sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
4246		cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
4247	Copied Files:
4248		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
4249
42508.9.3/8.9.3	1999/02/04
4251	SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
4252		of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
4253		service attack.  This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
4254		Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
4255		Schools" project (IdS).
4256	Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
4257		was closed due to an earlier failure.  Problem noted by
4258		Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.  Fix from Booker Bense of
4259		Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4260	Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
4261		when performing the MIME header length check.  This
4262		will allow PGP signatures to function properly.  Problem
4263		noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
4264	If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
4265		the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
4266		broken" error.  Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
4267		Stanley.  Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4268	Allow -T to work for bestmx maps.  Fix from Aaron Schrab of
4269		ExecPC Internet Systems.
4270	During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
4271		TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
4272		for later retry but the failure would be logged as
4273		"Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout.  Problem noted by
4274		Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
4275		and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
4276	Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
4277		F=w mailer flag is not set.  Problem noted by Murray S.
4278		Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
4279		Hedeland of Ericsson.
4280	Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
4281		default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
4282		Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
4283		College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
4284	Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
4285		in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
4286	Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
4287		requiring 354.  This change will match the wording to be
4288		published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
4289		group of the IETF.
4290	Portability:
4291		AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
4292			bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2.  This introduces the
4293			softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
4294			not be used.  It conflicts with the resolver
4295			built into libc.a.  "bind" has been removed
4296			from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
4297			Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
4298			to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
4299			Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
4300			Technical University of Denmark.
4301		CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
4302			Supercomputer Center.
4303		Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
4304			from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
4305			John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
4306			of Stanford University.
4307		Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
4308			between different releases.  Back out the
4309			change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
4310			a timezone.  Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
4311			of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
4312			and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
4313		Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
4314			of Siemens/SNI.
4315		SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4316	CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
4317		timezone.  Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
4318		University of Brno.
4319	CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
4320		when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local).  Patch from Neil W.
4321		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4322	CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
4323		hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:.  Patch from
4324		Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4325	CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value.  Patch from
4326		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
4327	CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
4328		on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
4329		Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4330	CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
4331		cause later checks to fail.  Patch from Paul J Murphy of
4332		MIDS Europe.
4333	New Files:
4334		BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
4335		BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4336		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
4337
43388.9.2/8.9.2	1998/12/30
4339	SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
4340		due to an accept() failure.  This sleep could be used
4341		for a denial of service attack.
4342	Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
4343		Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4344	Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
4345		host status.  Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4346		Corporation UK.
4347	Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
4348		Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
4349	Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
4350		Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
4351	Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
4352		noetrn flag.  This is scheduled to change in a future
4353		version of sendmail.  Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
4354		Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
4355		Internet Services.
4356	When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
4357		environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
4358		default domain appended.  Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
4359		Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
4360	Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
4361		'RCPT TO: (comment)'.  Problem noted by Earle Ake of
4362		Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
4363	Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec.  Patch from
4364		Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4365	Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
4366		a segmentation fault.  Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
4367		National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
4368	Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
4369		verification (-bv).  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
4370		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4371	Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
4372		daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
4373		condition.  Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
4374		Internet Services.
4375	Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
4376		in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist.  Problem
4377		noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
4378	Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
4379		Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
4380		its memory pool.  Closing a map opened by another process
4381		will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
4382		parent process leaving things in a bad state.  For
4383		Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
4384		is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
4385		the map file descriptor.  Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
4386		Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
4387		extended testing.
4388	Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
4389		failures.  Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
4390	On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
4391		as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
4392		stop sending output and exit.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen
4393		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4394	In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
4395		are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
4396		failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
4397		Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
4398		Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
4399	Fix by one error reporting on long alias names.  Problem noted by
4400		H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
4401		Network.
4402	Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior.  Problem
4403		noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
4404	When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
4405		be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
4406		boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line.  Problem
4407		noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc.  Fix from
4408		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4409	Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
4410		has enough space for the additional address.  Problem
4411		noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
4412	Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior.  Problem
4413		noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
4414	If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
4415		discard the current recipient.  Unlike check_relay,
4416		check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
4417		discarded.  Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs.  Fix from
4418		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4419	Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
4420		bogus formatting.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4421		Meteorological Institute.
4422	Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
4423	OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers.  Fix
4424		from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
4425	Portability:
4426		Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
4427		Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
4428			option structure.  Problem noted by Ashley M.
4429			Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
4430		Break out IP address to hostname translation for
4431			reading network interface addresses into
4432			class 'w'.  Patch from John Kennedy of
4433			Cal State University, Chico.
4434		AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
4435			from changing the semantics of the compiled
4436			program.  From Simon Travaglia of the
4437			University of Waikato, New Zealand.
4438		FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext().  From
4439			Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4440		FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4441		IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes.  From
4442			Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
4443		IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
4444		LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
4445			of Sun Microsystems.
4446		Linux does not implement seteuid() properly.  From
4447			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4448		Linux timezone type was set improperly.  From Takeshi Itoh
4449			of Bits Co., Ltd.
4450		NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS.  From
4451			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4452		NeXT 4.x correction to man page path.  From J. P. McCann
4453			of E I A.
4454		System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
4455			from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
4456			Information Center.
4457		ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
4458			Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
4459			Institute.
4460		Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr().  Fix from Henk
4461			van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
4462	CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
4463		Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc.  Fix from
4464		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4465	CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
4466		there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
4467		not be the one in use.  Suggested by Alan Brown of
4468		Manawatu Internet Services.
4469	CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
4470		when stripping down a recipient address to check for
4471		relaying.  Patch from Claus Assmann of
4472		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
4473		of Northern Illinois University.
4474	CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups.  Patch
4475		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
4476		Kiel.
4477	CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
4478		Dot Com.
4479	CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning.  Patch
4480		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
4481		Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4482	CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
4483		user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
4484		checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
4485		used.  Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
4486		Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
4487		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4488	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
4489		stream.  Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
4490	MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP.  Fix
4491		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4492	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP.  Fix from
4493		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4494	MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
4495		the envelope From header.
4496	MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
4497		Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
4498	MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
4499		Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
4500	MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
4501		the -s flag.  Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
4502		Portal Services, Inc.
4503	PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
4504		NULL byte at the end of the key.  Patch from John Beck of
4505		Sun Microsystems.
4506	PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
4507	New Files:
4508		BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
4509		BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
4510		cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
4511		contrib/smcontrol.pl
4512		src/control.c
4513
45148.9.1/8.9.1	1998/07/02
4515	If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
4516		site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
4517		instead of both.  Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
4518		the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
4519	Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
4520		multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
4521		file descriptor.  Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4522		Meteorological Institute.
4523	Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
4524		the header area when parsing MIME headers.  Problem noted
4525		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4526	Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
4527		installation commands.  The man pages would still be
4528		built with .0 extensions.  Problem noted by Bryan
4529		Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4530	Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
4531		variable.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4532	If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
4533		were still delivered.  Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
4534	Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
4535		if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
4536		Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
4537	Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
4538		in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
4539		and then back.  Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
4540		University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
4541	Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
4542		set in the PrivacyOptions option.  Fix from Ted Rule of
4543		Flextech TV.
4544	Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
4545		bouncing the message.  Problem noted by David Lindes of
4546		DaveLtd Enterprises.
4547	Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
4548		compilation.  Installation may be done from a read-only
4549		mount.  Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
4550		Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
4551	Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit.  Problem
4552		noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
4553	Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory.  Problem noted
4554		by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
4555	Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
4556		any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
4557		exist.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
4558	Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
4559		gethostbyname().  Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
4560		University.
4561	If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
4562		5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2.  Similarly, for
4563		non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
4564		mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
4565		Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
4566		Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
4567	Portability:
4568		Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
4569			use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
4570			From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
4571			and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
4572		BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions.  From Jeff Polk
4573			of BSDI.
4574		DomainOS detection for Build.  Also, version 10.4 and later
4575			ship a unistd.h.  Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
4576			PICT Inc.
4577		NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages.  From
4578			J. P. McCann of E I A.
4579		SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support.  From Vlado Potisk
4580			of TEMPEST, Ltd.
4581	CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
4582		qualification.  Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
4583		Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
4584		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4585	CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
4586		BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
4587		Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
4588	CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
4589		messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>.  LMTP
4590		would not accept @@hostname.
4591	OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
4592		Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
4593	RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
4594		as this rmail isn't the same as others.  Suggested by
4595		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4596	New Files:
4597		BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
4598
45998.9.0/8.9.0	1998/05/19
4600	SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
4601		readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
4602		class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
4603		(i.e., group or world writable) directory paths.  Sites
4604		which need the ability to override security can use the
4605		DontBlameSendmail option.  See the README file for more
4606		information.
4607	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
4608		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
4609		This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
4610		world writable directories.
4611	SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
4612		it is in a world writable directory.
4613	SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
4614		tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
4615		Unfortunately this breaks -v mode.  Problem noted by
4616		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
4617		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
4618	SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
4619		prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
4620		privileges.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
4621	SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
4622		gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
4623		that has a non-zero uid.  If none of these exist, sendmail
4624		reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
4625		This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
4626		uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon.  If DefaultUser
4627		is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
4628		default.
4629	SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
4630		interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
4631		RunAsUser option.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
4632		the University of Maryland.
4633	Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Based on patch from John Kennedy
4634		of Cal State University, Chico.
4635	Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB).  Users
4636		which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
4637		current version of Berkeley DB.
4638	Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
4639		From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4640	Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
4641		UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
4642		of Maryland.
4643	Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
4644		configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
4645		do not have getusershell().  Fix from John Beck of Sun
4646		Microsystems.
4647	On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
4648		argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
4649		last argument was either "-q" or "-d".  Problem noted by
4650		Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
4651	Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
4652		mail.local on the F=z flag.
4653	Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile.  Previously this was
4654		only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
4655		macro expansion.  Now $x will be expanded.  This means that
4656		real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
4657	TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
4658		reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
4659		Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
4660		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
4661		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
4662	DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
4663		would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
4664		Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
4665		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4666	Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
4667		valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM.  Fix from Andreas Luik
4668		of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
4669	Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules.  This eliminates
4670		the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
4671		to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
4672	Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
4673		recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
4674		transaction.  After this number is reached, sendmail
4675		starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
4676		commands.  This can be used to limit the number of recipients
4677		per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
4678		for spamming).  Note: a better approach is to restrict
4679		relaying entirely.
4680	Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
4681		to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
4682		avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
4683		Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
4684	Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters.  For example,
4685		'-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
4686		bar in their address.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
4687		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4688	The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
4689		passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag.  This can be
4690		used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
4691		of a message.  This can be used to help prevent relaying.
4692		Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4693	Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
4694		sender for those failures.
4695	Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
4696		preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
4697		has been determined.  Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
4698		Technical University of Braunschweig.  Patch from Per Hedeland
4699		of Ericsson.
4700	Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
4701		when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
4702		output easier to decipher.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
4703		of Procter & Gamble.
4704	The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
4705		given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
4706		solely the argument in error.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
4707		of Procter & Gamble.
4708	New DontBlameSendmail option.  This option allows administrators to
4709		bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
4710		of system security.  This should only be used if you are
4711		absolutely sure you know the consequences.  The available
4712		DontBlameSendmail options are:
4713			Safe
4714			AssumeSafeChown
4715			ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
4716			ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
4717			GroupWritableDirPathSafe
4718			GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
4719			GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
4720			GroupWritableAliasFile
4721			HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
4722			WorldWritableAliasFile
4723			ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
4724			IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
4725			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
4726			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
4727			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
4728			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
4729			MapInUnsafeDirPath
4730			LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
4731			LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
4732			LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
4733			LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
4734			LinkedMapInWritableDir
4735			LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
4736			FileDeliveryToHardLink
4737			FileDeliveryToSymLink
4738			WriteMapToHardLink
4739			WriteMapToSymLink
4740			WriteStatsToHardLink
4741			WriteStatsToSymLink
4742			RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
4743			RunWritableProgram
4744	New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
4745		interface names in $=w on startup.  In particular, if you
4746		have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
4747		startup.  However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
4748		sent to those addresses will be bounced.
4749	Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
4750		AutoRebuildAliases is set.
4751	Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
4752		Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
4753	Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
4754	When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
4755		a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
4756		and compare results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup
4757		fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
4758		surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
4759	New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
4760		(i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
4761		contrast to the success case).
4762	New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax.  A config line
4763		of the form:
4764			HHeader: $>Ruleset
4765		causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
4766		when read.  This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
4767		that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
4768	Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
4769		from hiding their connection information in Received:
4770		headers.
4771	When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
4772		are skipped.  This will cause the delivering process to
4773		try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
4774		hosts are available.  Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
4775	The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
4776		A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u.  It also
4777		obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
4778		7/8 bit conversion flags.  This is useful for defining
4779		a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
4780		recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
4781	Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
4782		if the remote connection closes the socket before the
4783		remote identity can be queried.
4784	Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
4785		Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
4786		uid is left unchanged by sendmail.  Problem noted by Per
4787		Hedeland of Ericsson.
4788	No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
4789		is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
4790		some of the details are determined dynamically via
4791		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
4792	The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
4793		mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
4794		the new Build method which creates an operating system
4795		specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
4796	Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
4797		a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
4798		same host).  This is necessary if the remote host sends
4799		a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
4800		as is common in anti-spam configurations.  Problem noted
4801		by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4802	New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
4803		rulesets.  If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
4804		$#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
4805		message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
4806		This means that even if only one of the recipients
4807		resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
4808		will receive the mail.  Suggested by Brian Kantor.
4809	All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
4810		instead of being delivered.  Problem noted by John Caruso
4811		of CNET: The Computer Network.
4812	Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
4813	Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
4814		an error.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4815	Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
4816		hostname via NetInfo.  Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
4817	Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
4818		macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
4819		rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
4820		Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
4821	If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
4822		error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
4823		in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
4824		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4825	Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
4826		before calling the check_relay ruleset.  Suggested by Scott
4827		Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4828	Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
4829		exit code of 79.  Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
4830		Internet.  Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
4831		Institute.
4832	Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
4833		mail.local.
4834	Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
4835		R$*	$( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $).  Patch from
4836		Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
4837	Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
4838		which have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
4839		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4840	Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
4841		address test mode (-bt).  Problem noted by Bryan Costales
4842		of InfoBeat, Inc.
4843	-qR could sometimes match names incorrectly.  Problem noted by
4844		Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
4845	Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
4846		mailstats command.
4847	Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
4848		StatusFile for display by the mailstats command.  Patch
4849		from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
4850	IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
4851		user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
4852		username@site to differentiate the two.  Suggested by
4853		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4854	Enforce timeout for LDAP queries.  Patch from Per Hedeland of
4855		Ericsson.
4856	Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
4857		replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes.  Also
4858		avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots.  Fix from
4859		Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
4860	If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
4861		queue entry five times before giving up.  Previously, it
4862		was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
4863		to run out of inodes.  Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
4864		Stratus Computer, Inc.
4865	In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
4866		currently supported version.
4867	Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive.  Patch
4868		from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
4869	Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
4870		the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
4871		it contains characters which must be quoted.  Problem noted
4872		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4873	Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
4874		releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
4875		In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
4876		message in error bounces.
4877	Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
4878		accompanying text.  Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
4879		Digital Equipment Corporation.
4880	Portability:
4881		AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
4882			of Kyoto University.
4883		AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>.  Patch from
4884			Randall S. Winchester of the University of
4885			Maryland.
4886		AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
4887		CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
4888			in Finland.
4889		Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
4890			disk space.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
4891			the University of Maryland.
4892		HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
4893			Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
4894		IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4895			Meteorological Institute.
4896		IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
4897			of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
4898		IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
4899		IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
4900		QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
4901		SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
4902			to sendmail.  Install with group bin instead of kmem
4903			as kmem does not exist.  From Guillermo Freige of
4904			Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
4905			Fischer of BTG, Inc.
4906		SunOS 4.X does not include memmove().  Patch from
4907			Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4908		SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
4909			load average.  Patch from John Beck of Sun
4910			Microsystems.
4911	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
4912	CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
4913		map for the various maps.  The default is hash.  Patch from
4914		Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
4915	CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
4916		directory for certain programs.
4917	CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
4918		local mail delivery.  By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
4919		is used.  This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
4920		with 8.9 which is LMTP capable.  The path is based on the
4921		new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
4922	CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
4923		FEATURE(smrsh).  Note that this changes the default from
4924		/usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh.  To obtain the
4925		old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
4926	CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
4927		include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
4928		the user to setup different .forward files for
4929		user+detail addressing.
4930	CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
4931		and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
4932		DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
4933	CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
4934		from outside your domain and sending it to another host
4935		outside your domain).
4936	CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
4937		any site to any site.
4938	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
4939		domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
4940	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
4941		the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
4942	CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
4943		feature.  This database gives you the ability to allow
4944		or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
4945		administrative reasons.  By default, names that are listed
4946		as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
4947	CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
4948		used for class 'R'.  Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
4949	CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
4950		to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
4951	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
4952		of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
4953		host names only.
4954	CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check).  Normally, if a recipient
4955		using % addressing is used, e.g.  user%site@othersite,
4956		and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
4957		will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
4958		This feature changes that behavior.  It should not be
4959		needed for most installations.
4960	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
4961		domain portion of the mail sender is a local host.  This
4962		should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
4963		a window for spammers.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
4964		the University of Maryland.
4965	CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
4966		block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
4967		usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
4968	CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
4969		refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
4970		be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
4971	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
4972		unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
4973	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
4974		MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
4975	CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
4976		Realtime Blackhole List.  You can specify the RBL name
4977		server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
4978		The default is rbl.maps.vix.com.  For details, see
4979		http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
4980	CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
4981		Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
4982		check_rcpt.  Users with local rulesets should place the
4983		rules using LOCAL_RULESETS.  If a Local_check_* ruleset
4984		returns $#OK, the message is accepted.  If the ruleset
4985		returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
4986		the return of the ruleset is ignored.
4987	CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
4988		default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
4989	CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
4990		pick the proper default value.  See the SECURITY note
4991		above for more information.
4992	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
4993		no-op.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4994		Meteorological Institute.
4995	CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
4996		daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
4997		sender if run as mailnull.  See the Digital UNIX section
4998		of src/README for more information.  Problem noted by
4999		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5000	CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
5001		.mc files instead of in the obj directory.
5002	CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
5003		confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
5004		setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
5005		MustQuoteChars respectively.
5006	MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout.  This
5007		SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
5008		status on a per-user basis.  Code donated by John Myers of
5009		CMU (now of Netscape).
5010	MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
5011		University of Maryland.  NOTE: mail.local is not
5012		compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format.  Be sure to
5013		read mail.local/README.
5014	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
5015		mailbox lock.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
5016		University of Maryland.
5017	MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
5018		University, Chico.
5019	MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5020		Meteorological Institute.
5021	MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
5022		in the StatusFile.  Patch from Randall Winchester of the
5023		University of Maryland.
5024	MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
5025		such as linked files in world writable directories.
5026	MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
5027	PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
5028	PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support.  Problem
5029		noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
5030		Braunschweig.
5031	RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms.  Patches from
5032		Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
5033		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5034	Changed Files:
5035		src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
5036			the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
5037		src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
5038	New Files:
5039		BuildTools/M4/header.m4
5040		BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
5041		BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
5042		BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
5043		BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
5044		BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
5045		BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
5046		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
5047		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
5048		BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
5049		BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
5050		BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
5051		BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
5052		BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
5053		BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
5054		BuildTools/OS/QNX
5055		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
5056		BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
5057		BuildTools/README
5058		BuildTools/Site/README
5059		BuildTools/bin/Build
5060		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
5061		BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
5062		BuildTools/bin/install.sh
5063		Makefile
5064		cf/cf/Build
5065		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
5066		cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
5067		cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
5068		cf/feature/access_db.m4
5069		cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
5070		cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
5071		cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
5072		cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
5073		cf/feature/rbl.m4
5074		cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
5075		cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
5076		cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
5077		cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
5078		cf/ostype/qnx.m4
5079		contrib/doublebounce.pl
5080		mail.local/Build
5081		mail.local/Makefile.m4
5082		mail.local/README
5083		mailstats/Build
5084		mailstats/Makefile.m4
5085		makemap/Build
5086		makemap/Makefile.m4
5087		praliases/Build
5088		praliases/Makefile.m4
5089		rmail/Build
5090		rmail/Makefile.m4
5091		rmail/rmail.0
5092		smrsh/Build
5093		smrsh/Makefile.m4
5094		src/Build
5095		src/Makefile.m4
5096		src/snprintf.c
5097	Deleted Files:
5098		cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
5099		mail.local/Makefile
5100		mail.local/Makefile.dist
5101		mailstats/Makefile
5102		mailstats/Makefile.dist
5103		makemap/Makefile
5104		makemap/Makefile.dist
5105		praliases/Makefile
5106		praliases/Makefile.dist
5107		rmail/Makefile
5108		smrsh/Makefile
5109		smrsh/Makefile.dist
5110		src/Makefile
5111		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
5112		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
5113			(renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
5114		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
5115	Renamed Files:
5116		READ_ME => README
5117		cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
5118		cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
5119		src/READ_ME => src/README
5120
51218.8.8/8.8.8	1997/10/24
5122	If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
5123		incorrectly.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5124		Meteorological Institute.
5125	If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
5126		add additional bounces to it.  Problem noted by Thomas J.
5127		Arseneault of SRI International.
5128	If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
5129		connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
5130		Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5131	Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
5132		to internal form.  Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
5133	EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
5134		User unknown with bogus delay= values.  Change them to log
5135		the same as compliant addresses.  Problem noted by Kari E.
5136		Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5137	Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
5138		option for resolver.  Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
5139		River Systems.
5140	If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
5141		protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
5142		closed but the persistent host status file would not be
5143		unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
5144		that host.  Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5145	If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
5146		the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
5147		attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
5148		queue run regardless of MinQueueAge.  Problem noted by
5149		Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
5150	Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
5151		"Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
5152		with the incorrect timestamp.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
5153		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5154	Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5155	Log null connections on dropped connections.  Problem noted by
5156		Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5157	If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
5158		reopen the map.  Previously, they could give stale
5159		results during a single message processing (but would
5160		recover when the next message was received).  Fix from
5161		Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
5162	Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
5163		requests.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5164		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5165	Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
5166		recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
5167		message is accepted.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5168		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5169	Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
5170		sendmail via a UNIX pipe.  This will allow rulesets using
5171		$&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
5172		dequote.  Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
5173	A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
5174		and the inability to save a bounce message to
5175		/var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
5176		to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
5177		queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
5178		queue was run.  Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
5179		Associates.
5180	Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS.  There are
5181		no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
5182		sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
5183		could cause confusing error messages.
5184	Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
5185		rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad.  This
5186		behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
5187		the entire message.  Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
5188		SuperNet, Inc.
5189	Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file.  Suggested by
5190		Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5191	Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
5192		mailers.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5193		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5194	An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
5195		for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
5196		dropped.
5197	Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
5198		a HUP signal.  This will give room for the process title.
5199		Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5200	Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
5201		support flock locking and runs out of processes during
5202		delivery.  Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
5203	Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
5204		Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5205		Institute.
5206	Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
5207		rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
5208		are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
5209		Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
5210	Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
5211		bounce messages.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
5212		RUS University of Stuttgart.
5213	Minor lint fixes.
5214	Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
5215		search returns an error.  This will allow sequenced maps which
5216		use other LDAP servers to be checked.  Fix from Booker Bense
5217		of Stanford University.
5218	When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
5219		not pad bare linefeeds with a space.  Problem noted by Theo
5220		Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
5221	Portability:
5222		Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
5223			conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
5224			setproctitle().  Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
5225			Electronic Data Systems.
5226		AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation.  Reported by Jim
5227			Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
5228		BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
5229		Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
5230			loader environment variables into the loader memory
5231			area.  If one of these environment variables (such as
5232			LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
5233			an invalid memory address would be used by the process
5234			title routine causing memory corruption.  Problem
5235			noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
5236		GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
5237			chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
5238			not permit file giveaways.  Problem noted by
5239			Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
5240		IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes.  Reported by
5241			Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5242		Linux: Pad process title with NULLs.  Problem noted by
5243			Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5244		SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
5245			incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
5246			Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
5247			Services.
5248		SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
5249			Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5250		Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
5251			used on a Solaris machine.  Problem noted by
5252			Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
5253		CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
5254			Services VAS.
5255	MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5256	CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
5257	OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
5258			Ericsson.
5259
52608.8.7/8.8.7	1997/08/03
5261	If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
5262		an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
5263		except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
5264		rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
5265		exist would fail.  Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
5266		GmbH.
5267	Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
5268		Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute
5269		of Technology, Stockholm.
5270	Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
5271		some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
5272		routines during compilation.  If using TCP Wrappers, assume
5273		that these routines are included as though they were in the
5274		C library.  Patch from Robert La Ferla.
5275	When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
5276		used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
5277		duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
5278		Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
5279	In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
5280		mail was passed on without any recipient header.  This could
5281		cause problems downstream.  Problem noted by Xander Jansen
5282		of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
5283	Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail.  GDBM's locking and
5284		linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
5285		locking and security checks.  Problems noted by Fyodor
5286		Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
5287	Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
5288	Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
5289		gethostbyaddr found no value.  Also, ignore any returns
5290		from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
5291	If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
5292		"may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
5293		have to assume that the information is good.
5294	In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
5295		open or locked.
5296	Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
5297	Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
5298		errors during testing.
5299	Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
5300		printed in the error message.
5301	If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
5302		missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
5303	Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
5304		DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
5305		had a .forward file.  From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
5306	On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
5307		file giveaway was undefined.  From Tetsu Ushijima of the
5308		Tokyo Institute of Technology.
5309	Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
5310		lost (so only the header was delivered).  This only occurs
5311		on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
5312		runner runs during a critical section in another message
5313		delivery.  Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
5314		Results Computing.
5315	If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
5316		(wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
5317		exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
5318		once, it would be tried on every queue run.  Problem noted
5319		by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
5320	If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
5321		include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
5322		This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
5323		This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
5324		theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
5325		it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
5326		same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
5327		garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
5328		has changed.  As a practical matter this is not a security
5329		problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
5330		and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
5331		have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
5332		simultaneously.
5333	Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
5334		use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
5335	Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
5336		transaction to clear the entire transaction.  Problem
5337		noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5338	Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
5339		a trailing slash.  (And a pox on vendors that decide to
5340		ignore the established conventions!)  Problem noted by
5341		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5342	Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
5343		(intended for IPv6).  Patches are from John Kennedy of
5344		CSU Chico.
5345	In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
5346		an extra space at the beginning of some lines.  Problem
5347		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
5348		on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
5349	Portability:
5350		Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
5351			with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition.  Note that
5352			the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
5353			be used instead.
5354		AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>.  Patch from Gene Rackow
5355			of Argonne National Laboratory.
5356		OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
5357		RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
5358		SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c.  From
5359			James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
5360		Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
5361			in Makefiles.
5362		Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
5363			Makefiles.  Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
5364		NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
5365			exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
5366			Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
5367			around the problem.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of
5368			NCR Corp.
5369		HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API.  Problem
5370			noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
5371		UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro.  Problem
5372			noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
5373			Resource Network
5374		SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
5375			the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
5376			getsockname, and getsockopt.  Adds new compile flags
5377			SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.  Problem reported
5378			by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
5379			Mental Health Center Residential Services.
5380		AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
5381			Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
5382			Corp.
5383		Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
5384			#define both setjmp and longjmp.  Problem pointed out
5385			by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
5386		CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
5387			from Christopher Durham of SCO.
5388		CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
5389			/etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
5390			configuration.  Patch from Dennis Glatting of
5391			PlainTalk.
5392	CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
5393		time.  Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions.  Suggested
5394		by Harry Styron.
5395	CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc.  These
5396		are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
5397	MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
5398	MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
5399		telling more details on what actually changed when "file
5400		changed after open".
5401	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files.  Support multiple Fw
5402		files.
5403	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
5404	NEW FILES:
5405		src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
5406		src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
5407		test/t_exclopen.c
5408		cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
5409	DELETED FILES:
5410		Makefile
5411
54128.8.6/8.8.6	1997/06/14
5413	    *************************************************************
5414	    * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI	*
5415	    * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated.	*
5416	    * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward	*
5417	    * continued sendmail development.				*
5418	    *************************************************************
5419	SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
5420		mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
5421		points nowhere.  This makes it possible to create a root
5422		owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
5423		into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
5424		determined that the file did not exist.  The only verified
5425		example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
5426		and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07.  Most
5427		systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
5428		of a file disallows symbolic links.  Systems that have been
5429		verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
5430		DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
5431		and Ultrix.  This is a potential exposure on systems that
5432		have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
5433		pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
5434		mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
5435	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
5436		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
5437		If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
5438		is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
5439		(or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
5440		another database; this can be used either to expose
5441		information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
5442		and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
5443		(by trashing the password database).  The fix disallows
5444		symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
5445		maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
5446		writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
5447		directories to be fatal errors.  This does not represent an
5448		exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
5449		system directories.
5450	SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
5451		or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
5452		path) is writable by anyone other than the owner.  This is
5453		similar to the previous case for user files.  This change
5454		should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
5455		an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
5456		files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
5457	SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
5458		have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
5459		are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
5460		away files.  The new rules are very strict, trusting file
5461		ownership only in those few cases where the system has
5462		been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
5463		However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
5464		trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
5465		group writable.  This might allow someone who has a legitimate
5466		:include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
5467		become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
5468		non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
5469		the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
5470		actually permitted.  I believe this to be a very small set
5471		of cases.  If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
5472		NFS-mounted filesystems.
5473	SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
5474		(e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
5475		Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
5476		group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
5477		The user id was still set properly.  Problem noted by Uli
5478		Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
5479	Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
5480		PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set.  Problem reported
5481		by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
5482	Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
5483		failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
5484		same host).
5485	IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
5486		affect any options that came after the route option.  Patch
5487		from Theo de Raadt.
5488	The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
5489		back to the sender.  Problem reported by Stephen More of
5490		PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5491	Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
5492		of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
5493		Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
5494	Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
5495		occur at the beginning of the stream.  Patch contributed by
5496		Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5497	Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
5498		a signal handler.  Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
5499		Microsystems.
5500	Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
5501		will have the latest version of the map data.  Problem noted
5502		by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5503	If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
5504		too large) don't send the bogus message.
5505	Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
5506		have errors and have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Michael
5507		Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5508	Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
5509		multipart/mixed Content-Type: header.  Problem noted by
5510		Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
5511	Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
5512		ErrorMode is not set to "print".  Fix from Gregory Neil
5513		Shapiro.
5514	Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
5515		that could not be opened.  Based on a fix from John Beck of
5516		Sun Microsystems.
5517	If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
5518		a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
5519		pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
5520		with a "host unknown" error.  Note that this should really
5521		be fixed in the zone file for the domain.  Problem noted by
5522		Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
5523	If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
5524		the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
5525		run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
5526		retry immediately.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
5527		Mercury Mail.
5528	If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
5529		will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
5530		"Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
5531		Morgan Stanley.
5532	If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
5533		sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
5534		run, abort the queue run immediately.  Problem noted by
5535		Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
5536	The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
5537		number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
5538		non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
5539		none of the queue was processed.  The updated algorithm
5540		does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
5541		not be run.
5542	If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
5543		die immediately, never hold the error message for future
5544		printing.
5545	Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
5546		regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
5547		configuration file.  Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5548	New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
5549		routine available in one of the libraries.  Use it in conf.h.
5550	The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
5551	If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
5552		this and reopen the map.  Previously, they could give
5553		erroneous results during a single message processing
5554		(but would recover when the next message was received).
5555	Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
5556		files are at least ten minutes old.  This avoids a potential
5557		race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
5558		a file descriptor.  The queue runner locks it and deletes it
5559		because it is zero length.  The creator then writes the
5560		descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
5561		job goes away.  Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
5562	When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
5563		(A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
5564		results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
5565		address as "may be forged".
5566	Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
5567		substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
5568		"substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
5569	Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
5570		This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
5571		or write is ever actually attempted.  Patch from Villy Kruse
5572		of TwinCom.
5573	If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
5574		allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
5575		was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
5576		is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
5577	Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
5578		in the body.  Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
5579		Plasma Physics Laboratory.
5580	Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
5581		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5582		Institute.
5583	The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
5584		documented.  Note that this increases the potential denial
5585		of service problems with this option: an attacker can
5586		connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
5587		as incoming connections.  If you use this option, you should
5588		run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
5589		to avoid this attack.  Failure to limit noted by Matthew
5590		Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
5591	Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
5592		opened instead of failing silently.  Suggested by Gregory
5593		Neil Shapiro.  This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
5594		book (2nd edition).
5595	Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
5596		if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
5597		instead of queueing.  Treat this like TRY_AGAIN.  Fix from
5598		John Beck of SunSoft.
5599	If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
5600		in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
5601		Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
5602	Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
5603		of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
5604	Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
5605		immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
5606	Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping.  Patch
5607		from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
5608	Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes.  Previously these were
5609		partially processed, which could cause confusing error
5610		returns.
5611	Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
5612		on some architectures.
5613	Portability:
5614		A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
5615		glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
5616			thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM.  Only option seems
5617			to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
5618			defined.  Problem reported by A Sun of the University
5619			of Washington.
5620		Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
5621			the system rather than guessing at compile time.
5622			Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5623		Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
5624		GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
5625		RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
5626		ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
5627			Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
5628			but there appears to be no fix for this.  Patch from
5629			Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5630		BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
5631		Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
5632			high order bit set to apparently randomly match
5633			letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
5634			Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
5635			Cambridge.
5636		IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x.  From
5637			Kari Hurtta.
5638		IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
5639			IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
5640			IRIX Makefile).
5641		IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
5642			Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5643	CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
5644		even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set.  Problem pointed out by
5645		Brian Candler.
5646	CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
5647		local names as local.  Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
5648		fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5649	CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
5650		"mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
5651		for the $h macro.  Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5652	CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
5653		MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY.  Patch from Philip
5654		Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
5655	CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
5656		rules are the same as for aliasing.  Based on a patch from
5657		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5658	CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
5659		have no functional change in this release, but makes it
5660		possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
5661	CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
5662		HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
5663		In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
5664		Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
5665		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5666	CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
5667		MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
5668		don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit).  Suggestions
5669		from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
5670	CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
5671		being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
5672		was specified, even when it wasn't.
5673	MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf.  From John Beck of SunSoft.
5674	MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
5675		"slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
5676		exclusive open.  This is only a problem on System V derived
5677		systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
5678		symbolic links pointing nowhere.
5679	MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
5680		not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
5681		later mailboxes to fail.  Also, any partial message would
5682		not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
5683		Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
5684		developers).
5685	MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0.  A similar
5686		change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3.  Problem
5687		noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5688	MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
5689		symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
5690		often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
5691		sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
5692	MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
5693		NEXTSTEP.
5694	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
5695		Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
5696		name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w).  Other
5697		miscellaneous bug fixes.  From Christian von Roques via
5698		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5699	CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta.  This
5700		Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
5701		file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
5702		lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
5703		for system accounts.
5704	NEW FILES:
5705		src/safefile.c
5706		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
5707		cf/ostype/irix6.m4
5708		contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
5709		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
5710		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
5711	RENAMED FILES:
5712		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 =>	Makefile.IRIX.6.x
5713		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 =>	Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
5714
57158.8.5/8.8.5	1997/01/21
5716	SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup.  Without this, sendmail
5717		will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
5718		even if RunAsUser is specified.
5719	SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only.  This is not in response
5720		to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
5721		Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5722	SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
5723		security implications.  Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
5724		University of Pennsylvania.
5725	Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
5726		would truncate the address after "Full".  Although the -f
5727		syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
5728		shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
5729		was unnecessarily awful.
5730	Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
5731		to a 7-bit format.  Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
5732		Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
5733	Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
5734		runs.  Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
5735		final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
5736		it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
5737		bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
5738		Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5739	_Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
5740		module.  Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5741	Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
5742		files if the configuration file is safe.  Based on a
5743		patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5744	ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
5745		run completed.  Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
5746		Semiconductor Corp.
5747	It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
5748		does _not_ log rejected connections.  Do the logging ourselves.
5749		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
5750		at Austin.
5751	If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
5752		version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
5753		error is reported on every queue run.  Change it to only
5754		give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf).  Patch from
5755		William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
5756	Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
5757		ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
5758		some problems if a background process tried to send mail
5759		under certain circumstances.  Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
5760		of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
5761	Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
5762		load average is >= the queueing load average.  Previously
5763		the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
5764		to essentially never skip the queue run.  Patch from Bryan
5765		Costales.
5766	If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
5767		rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
5768		(25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
5769		you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack.  Based
5770		on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
5771	Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
5772		this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
5773		The current values and defaults are:
5774		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
5775		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
5776		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
5777		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
5778		These will probably be configurable in a future release.
5779	On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
5780		that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
5781		the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
5782	In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored.  Problem noted
5783		by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5784	Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
5785		the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
5786		line dropped.  Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
5787		clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
5788		to be a better "fail soft" approach.  Based on a patch from
5789		Eric Hagberg.
5790	If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
5791		bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
5792		first" error message.  Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
5793		of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
5794	Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
5795		in PrivacyOptions.  The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
5796		Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
5797		based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5798	Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
5799		in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
5800		a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
5801		through.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
5802		Communications.
5803	In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
5804		had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
5805		Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
5806		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5807	Give better diagnostics on long alias lines.  Based on code contributed
5808		by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
5809	Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
5810		alternate names.  Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
5811	PORTABILITY:
5812		UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
5813			Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
5814		SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
5815			Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
5816		SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5817		Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
5818			Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
5819			(Moscow).
5820		OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
5821		Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
5822		Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
5823		Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
5824		Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
5825			of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
5826	CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
5827		_just_right_ yet.  Tweak it again.  I'll omit the names
5828		of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
5829		As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
5830		Received: line.
5831	CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
5832		it never inserts that class into the output file.  Fix it
5833		so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
5834		automatically in this class.  Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
5835		of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale
5836		Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
5837	CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
5838		such as LUSER_RELAY.  This change permits the following
5839		syntaxes:  ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
5840		local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
5841		``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
5842		go to user on the local machone).  ``local:user'' will send
5843		to the named user on the local machine.  ``local:user@host''
5844		is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored).  In
5845		all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
5846		detail information).  Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
5847	CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
5848		indication.  This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
5849		to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''.  Note the use
5850		of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
5851		Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5852	OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
5853		NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
5854		Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
5855	OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
5856		a duplex printer.  From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
5857		Long Beach.
5858
58598.8.4/8.8.4	1996/12/02
5860	SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
5861		permissions by hard linking to files that were group
5862		writable by the attacker.  The solution is to disallow any
5863		files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
5864		:include:, and output files.  Problem noted by Terry
5865		Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services.  As a
5866		workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
5867	SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
5868		is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
5869		MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list.  There
5870		is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
5871		Problem noted by Dan Bernstein.  Also, make the DontInitGroups
5872		unsafe.  I know of no specific attack against this, although
5873		a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
5874		you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
5875		the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
5876	Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
5877		directories somehow became empty.  Problem noted by Roy
5878		Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5879	Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
5880		This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
5881		Problem noted by several people.
5882	On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
5883		and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
5884		SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem noted
5885		by several people.
5886	Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
5887		gcc to high warning levels).  From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
5888	SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
5889		not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
5890		message rather than the host.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon
5891		of Best Internet Communications.
5892	The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers.  Problem noted by Tom Moore
5893		of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
5894	Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
5895		(including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
5896		had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
5897		to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
5898		Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
5899	If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
5900		rescheduled (so queue runs would stop).  Patch from Don Lewis.
5901	Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
5902		status code.  Problem noted by Don Lewis.
5903	Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
5904		Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5905	Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
5906		already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
5907		K line, and the documentation.  Inconsistency pointed out
5908		by Roy Mongiovi.
5909	Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode.  Patch from
5910		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5911	Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
5912		it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
5913		caused stale information to be maintained.  Based on a patch
5914		from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc.  Also, have
5915		ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
5916	Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
5917		host status file condition.  Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
5918		of Kyoto University.
5919	Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
5920		conditions from Don Lewis.
5921	Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
5922		compile errors).  This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
5923		0/1 compilation flags.  Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
5924		compile flag; use NETINET instead.  Solution based on a
5925		patch from Bryan Costales.
5926	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5927		AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
5928			/etc/security/passwd file when called as root.  This
5929			is very slow on some systems.  To speed it up, use the
5930			(undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
5931			Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
5932		SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile.  Patch from Bill
5933			Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
5934		NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile.  Patch
5935			from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
5936		SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems.  Patches from Andrew Cole of
5937			Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
5938			of Tokyo.
5939		DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
5940			Services, Inc.
5941		Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
5942			I believe this to have only been a problem if you
5943			compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
5944			to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
5945		Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
5946			Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien.
5947	CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
5948		than one long one.  By popular demand.
5949	MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems.  Patch
5950		from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
5951	MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
5952		to take a very long time.  Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
5953		of NTT Software Corporation.
5954	CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
5955	NEW FILES:
5956		contrib/etrn.pl
5957
59588.8.3/8.8.3	1996/11/17
5959	SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
5960		about argv[0] and then sending it a signal.  Problem noted
5961		by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
5962		best-of-security list.
5963	Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
5964		(%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
5965		should make it clearer to people that they are running
5966		the wrong binary.
5967	Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
5968		do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
5969		the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
5970		"451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem
5971		noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
5972	When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
5973		lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
5974		with space at the end of the line.  Problem noted by Steve
5975		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5976	7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
5977		Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
5978	Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
5979		size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
5980		answers containing very many resource records.  The resolver
5981		may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
5982		overflow.  Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
5983		routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
5984		*un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
5985		not big enough to accommodate the entire answer.  Patch from
5986		Eric Wassenaar.
5987	Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code.  If you think you have too
5988		many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
5989		are still around.  Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
5990		Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
5991		pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
5992		due to a race condition.  Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
5993		UUNET.
5994	On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
5995		O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
5996		thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
5997		Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero.  Problem noted by
5998		Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
5999	Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
6000		allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
6001		it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored.  Patch from
6002		Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
6003	Improvements to host status printing code.  Suggested by Steve Hubert
6004		of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6005	Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
6006		when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
6007		avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
6008		Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
6009	When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
6010		properly escaped.  Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
6011		University of Linkoping.
6012	In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
6013		runs even if RunAsUser was set.  Problem noted by Mark
6014		Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
6015	If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
6016		actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
6017		the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
6018		the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
6019		other end.
6020	The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
6021		user id was numeric.  Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
6022		MCI Telecommunications Communications.
6023	If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
6024		the message was included in the bounce.  Note that this did
6025		not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size.  Problem
6026		reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6027	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6028		AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
6029			AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
6030			works on 4.1 as well as 4.2.  Problem noted by
6031			H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
6032		AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
6033			Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
6034		MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
6035			Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
6036		Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
6037			This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
6038			The outline of the implementation was contributed
6039			by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
6040		HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
6041			declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
6042			change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
6043			which is apparently the only compiler that requires
6044			it in the first place.  Problem noted by Jeff
6045			Earickson of Colby College.
6046		IRIX: don't default to using gcc.  IRIX is a civilized
6047			operating system that comes with a decent compiler
6048			by default.  Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
6049			Kari Hurtta.
6050	CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
6051		consistency with other local mailers.  Inconsistency
6052		pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
6053	CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
6054		overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
6055		domain part was dropped from the name.  Patch from Steve
6056		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6057	CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
6058		end up being translated to the null host name, which would
6059		return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
6060		of the line.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
6061		University of Washington, Seattle.
6062	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4).  From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
6063		Polytechnic Institute.
6064	MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
6065		Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
6066	NEW FILES:
6067		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
6068		cf/ostype/aix4.m4
6069		cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
6070
60718.8.2/8.8.2	1996/10/18
6072	SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
6073		changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
6074	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6075		Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
6076			apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
6077			Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
6078	OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
6079		from this document.  These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
6080	CONFIG: no changes.
6081
60828.8.1/8.8.1	1996/10/17
6083	SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
6084		examine during queue runs and daemon mode.  Problem noted
6085		by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
6086	SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
6087		message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
6088		to 8 bits.  This caused core dumps and has the potential
6089		for a remote attack.  Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
6090		of WPI.
6091	Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
6092		have flock(2) support.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
6093		Kyoto University.
6094	Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options.  If this option is null (as
6095		opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
6096		on illegal host names.
6097	If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
6098		the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
6099		final line.  Problem noted by Pierre David.
6100	If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
6101		setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
6102		Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
6103	Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
6104		be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
6105		to (say) mail-back.  Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6106	If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
6107		term host status.  This is necessary because it is common
6108		to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
6109	Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
6110		4.2.  Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
6111		University of Leicester.
6112	If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
6113		service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
6114		would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
6115		in the map.  This caused the message to be queued instead of
6116		bouncing immediately.  Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
6117		University of Washington.
6118	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6119		Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c.  Several
6120			people pointed this out.
6121		NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
6122		AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
6123			Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
6124	CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
6125		Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
6126	CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
6127		using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
6128		were also in $=w.  Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
6129		Softec.
6130	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX.  Based
6131		on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6132	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP.  From Patrick Nolan
6133		of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
6134
61358.8.0/8.8.0	1996/09/26
6136	Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
6137		deleted.  Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
6138	Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
6139		pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working.  I was
6140		urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
6141	Fix small buffer overflow.  Since the data in this buffer was not
6142		read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
6143		probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers).  Pointed
6144		out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
6145	Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
6146		if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
6147		-- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
6148		host was accessible.  Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
6149		NSC (Japan).
6150	A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
6151		have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
6152		causing SMTP to hang.  Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6153	The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
6154		incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
6155		semantics of binding on a passive socket.  Patch from
6156		NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
6157	Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
6158		handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
6159		has 13 at the moment (and climbing).  In order to avoid
6160		trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
6161		slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
6162		that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
6163		of those records could not exceed 128 bytes.  Requested by
6164		Brad Knowles of America On Line.
6165	Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
6166		Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
6167	Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
6168		printout.
6169	Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
6170	Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
6171		square braces.
6172	Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
6173		this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
6174		to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
6175	DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
6176		this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost.  Problem
6177		pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
6178		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
6179	The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
6180		some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
6181		would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
6182		concerned.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6183	Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
6184		the initial run.  Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
6185		Dandelion Digital.
6186	Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
6187		results that may come from NIS and DNS.
6188	4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
6189		include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
6190		things like /var/tmp.  Reported by Matthew Green.
6191	Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
6192		values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
6193		which was interpreted as normal.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
6194	The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
6195		since 8.7.2.  Fix from Bryan Costales.
6196	Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
6197		Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
6198		as base64).  The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
6199		or full types (e.g., "text/plain").  Based on a suggestion by
6200		Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
6201	Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
6202		dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
6203	Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
6204		BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
6205		mailers.
6206	Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
6207		flag is set in the mailer descriptor.  Suggested by John
6208		Myers of CMU.
6209	Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
6210		The command takes a host name; data for that host is
6211		immediately (and asynchronously) flushed.  Because this shares
6212		the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
6213		there should be no security implications.  Implementation
6214		from John Beck of InReference, Inc.  See RFC 1985 for details.
6215	Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
6216		(equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
6217		(equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
6218		(equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command).  Note
6219		that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
6220		to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
6221		nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
6222		parameter.
6223	Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
6224		apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
6225		and made it unsafe.  Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
6226		University of Maryland.
6227	New logging on log level 15:  all SMTP traffic.  Patches from
6228		Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
6229	NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
6230		a match.  This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
6231		had a memory leak).  Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
6232	Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups.  It was pointed
6233		out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
6234		use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
6235		that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
6236		address used for delivery.  The simple fix (stripping off the
6237		brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
6238		addresses.  This flag will solve that problem.
6239	Add MustQuoteChars option.  This is a list of characters that must
6240		be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
6241		(that is, the full name part).  The characters @,;:\()[] are
6242		always in this list and cannot be removed.  The default is
6243		this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
6244	Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
6245		that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
6246		some stupid SMTP clients.  Setting this violates RFC 1123
6247		section 5.2.5.
6248	Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
6249		rejecting connections if it has more than this many
6250		outstanding children accepting mail.  Note that you may
6251		see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
6252		is for incoming connections only.
6253	Add ConnectionRateThrottle option.  If set to a positive value, the
6254		number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
6255		in a single second is limited to this number.  Connections are
6256		not refused during this time, just deferred.  The intent is to
6257		flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
6258		It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
6259		accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
6260		(e.g., due to connection caching).
6261	Add Timeout.hoststatus option.  This interval (defaulting to 30m)
6262		specifies how long cached information about the state of a
6263		host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
6264		host is retried.  If you are using persistent host status
6265		(i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
6266		between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
6267		run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
6268		that take a very long time to run.
6269	Add SingleLineFromHeader option.  If set, From: headers are coerced
6270		into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
6271		when read.  This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
6272	Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
6273		item in a table it would be truncated.  Problem noted by
6274		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6275	Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
6276		-v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
6277		to be displayed.  Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6278	Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
6279		this was treated as end-of-input.  Problem noted by Bryan
6280		Costales.
6281	The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
6282		to the queue file.  Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
6283		Technologies, Inc.
6284	Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
6285		if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
6286		Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
6287	If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
6288		values for a given key, the database cursor would get
6289		trashed by the recursive call.  Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
6290		of Georgia Tech.  Fixed by reading all the values and creating
6291		a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
6292		different for this case.
6293	Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
6294		HES_GETMAILHOST is defined.  Based on a patch by Betty Lee
6295		of Stanford University.
6296	When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
6297		there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
6298		the owners would get the message.  Problem pointed out by
6299		Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6300	Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
6301		in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X.  Problem
6302		noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
6303	When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
6304		some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines.  Fix from
6305		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6306	When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
6307		failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
6308		that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned.  Noted
6309		by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
6310	Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
6311		have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
6312		error return of -1 doesn't work.  Use INADDR_NONE instead.
6313		This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
6314		or get dropped.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
6315		Pasteur Institute.
6316	DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
6317		rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
6318		the detailed status information would be wrong.  Problem noted
6319		by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
6320	Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
6321		that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission.  The flag current
6322		does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
6323		these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
6324		canonification.
6325	Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
6326		to \r\n on SMTP mailers.  Default remains \n on non-SMTP
6327		mailers.
6328	Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
6329		to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
6330		misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
6331		termination.  This will affect anyone who has redefined
6332		either of these in their configuration file.
6333	Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
6334		responses can be newline terminated.  From Terry Kennedy of
6335		St. Peter's College.
6336	Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
6337		$#mailer with nothing following.  From Bryan Costales.
6338	Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
6339		Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
6340	Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros.  Fix
6341		from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6342	After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
6343		processing each one.  This avoids a certain form of denial
6344		of service attack.  Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
6345		Costales.
6346	Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
6347		checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
6348		check_rcpt for RCPT commands.  These rulesets can do anything
6349		they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
6350		$#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
6351		and the command is rejected.  Similarly, the check_compat
6352		ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
6353		(the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
6354		it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
6355		notification.  Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
6356		in rulesets.
6357	Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
6358		that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
6359		of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
6360		the connection.  These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
6361		verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
6362		host inappropriately.  Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
6363		form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
6364		when sendmail reads the configuration file.
6365	Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
6366		information.  Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
6367		and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
6368		on that basis.
6369	Allow IDA-style recursive function calls.  Code contributed by Mark
6370		Lovell and Paul Vixie.
6371	Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
6372		a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
6373		macro.  Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
6374		Vixie.
6375	Add Stanford LDAP map.  Requires special libraries that are not
6376		included with sendmail.  Contributed by Booker C. Bense
6377		<bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
6378		See also the src/READ_ME file.
6379	Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
6380		puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video.  Really useful
6381		only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
6382		distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
6383		two characters $, +.
6384	Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
6385		debug_dumpstate.
6386	Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
6387		files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
6388		is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
6389		valid recipients.
6390	Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
6391		name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal.  Problem
6392		noted by Tom May.
6393	Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
6394		permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
6395		single message it could be confusing.  Suggested by John
6396		Beck of InReference, Inc.
6397	The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
6398		with CRLF.  Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
6399		Computing Corporation.
6400	Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
6401		message headers.  Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
6402		Internet Communications.
6403	Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
6404		used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
6405		characters appear in headers.  Problem noted by Anders Gertz
6406		of Lysator.
6407	Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions.  This only takes place if the
6408		recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
6409		text/plain body types.  Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
6410		of the University of Iceland.
6411	Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
6412		case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
6413		this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
6414		"POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster".  In most cases
6415		this change is a no-op.
6416	The -o map flag was ignored for text maps.  Problem noted by Bryan
6417		Costales.
6418	The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps.  Problem noted by
6419		Bryan Costales.
6420	Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
6421		response.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
6422	Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
6423		on LogLevel 14.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6424	Include port number in process title for network daemons.  Suggested
6425		by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6426	Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
6427		message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
6428		option (default: postmaster).  Previously they were always
6429		sent to postmaster.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6430	Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
6431		it runs in foreground.  This is useful for using with a
6432		wrapper that "watches" system services.  Suggested by Kyle
6433		Jones of UUNET.
6434	Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
6435		when the comment comes before the address.  Patch from
6436		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
6437	Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
6438		that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
6439		mail".  This permits the person who is postmaster more
6440		easily determine what messages are to their role as
6441		postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent.  Based
6442		on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
6443	Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
6444		to be sorted strictly by the time of submission.  Note that
6445		this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
6446		large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
6447		heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
6448		are down delay processing of new jobs).  Also, this does not
6449		guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
6450		unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue.  In general, it should
6451		probably only be used on the command line, and only in
6452		conjunction with -qRhost.domain.  In fact, there are very few
6453		cases where it should be used at all.  Based on an
6454		implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
6455	If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
6456		the same manner as other rulesets.  Previously a temporary
6457		failure in ruleset 5 was ignored.  Patch from Booker Bense
6458		of Stanford University.
6459	Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
6460		5yz (permanent failure) code.  The next MX host will still be
6461		tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
6462		or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
6463		(It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
6464		RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
6465		Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
6466	Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
6467		This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
6468		name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
6469		message.  This should only be used if your configuration file
6470		is prepared to do something sensible in this case.  Based on
6471		an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
6472	Fix problem finding network interface addresses.  Patch from
6473		Motonori Nakamura.
6474	Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
6475		you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
6476		certain kinds of firewall setups difficult.  Patch
6477		suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
6478	Add persistent host status.  This keeps the information normally
6479		maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
6480		shared between sendmail instances.  The HostStatusDirectory
6481		is the directory in which the information is maintained.  If
6482		not set, persistent host status is turned off.  If not a full
6483		pathname, it is relative to the queue directory.  A common
6484		value is ".hoststat".
6485		There are also two new operation modes:
6486		  * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
6487		    connections.
6488		  * -bH purges the host statuses.  No attempt is made to save
6489		    recent status information.
6490		This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
6491		Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
6492		Bigrock Consulting.  Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
6493		with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
6494		framework is gratefully appreciated.
6495	New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
6496		operate).  Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
6497		open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
6498		This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
6499		be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
6500		message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
6501		messages).  Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
6502		lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
6503		ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
6504		file descriptors.  Based on the persistent host status code
6505		contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
6506	Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
6507		SafeFileEnvironment option is set.  Problem noted by Bryan
6508		Costales.
6509	The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
6510		file.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
6511	If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
6512		the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
6513		left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
6514		Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
6515	Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
6516		based on release number.  For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
6517		search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
6518		Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
6519		adding $arch).  Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
6520		Webmasters.
6521	When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
6522		case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
6523		the map itself.  Previously this was done based on the F=u
6524		flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
6525		that you could never access.  Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
6526	When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
6527		failure or delay were always set.  This caused those
6528		notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
6529		specified.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
6530		of Washington, Seattle.
6531	Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c).  This
6532		lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
6533		this host.  If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
6534		"550 Access denied".  -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
6535		TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
6536		(See src/READ_ME for details.)
6537	Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
6538		bounces.  Some people seemed to think that this could be
6539		confusing (even though it is true).  Suggested by Motonori
6540		Nakamura.
6541	Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
6542		user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
6543		However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
6544		be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
6545		writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
6546		user.  It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
6547		option.  In other words, it may not actually add much to
6548		security.  However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
6549		places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
6550		well constrained.
6551	Add Timeout.iconnect.  This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
6552		only on the first attempt to delivery to an address.  It could
6553		be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
6554		the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
6555		responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
6556	Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
6557		(such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
6558		to a UDP port.  It also created some signal handling problems.
6559		The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
6560		and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+.  I am
6561		indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
6562	Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
6563		will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup.  This adds
6564		fuzzy matching to the user map.  Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
6565	The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
6566		denial-of-service attack.  Problem noted by Christophe
6567		Wolfhugel.
6568	Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
6569		notification.  Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
6570	Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
6571		option is set, since this disables VERB mode.  Suggested
6572		by John Hawkinson of MIT.
6573	Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set.  Problem noted
6574		by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
6575	Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
6576		were no successful opens.  The previous behavior caused it
6577		to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found.  Problem
6578		noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
6579		and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
6580	Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
6581		is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
6582		the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
6583		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
6584	Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
6585		instead of 0644.  Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
6586		National University of Singapore.
6587	Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery.  This helps
6588		detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
6589		system can't cope with.
6590	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6591		Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
6592			Atlas International.
6593		Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
6594			<bicknell@ufp.org>.
6595		On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
6596			work on the first recipient of a message due to a
6597			bug in the getpwent family.  If this is something you
6598			use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
6599			workaround.  From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
6600			Bernstein and Associates.
6601		FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
6602			parentheses, which breaks makesendmail.  Reported
6603			by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
6604		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
6605			Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
6606		Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
6607			it is system-dependent.  Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
6608			of Bailey Computer Consulting.
6609		Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
6610			Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
6611		HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
6612			U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
6613		NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
6614		SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6615		IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
6616			Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6617			Institute.
6618		UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
6619			Lopez, CICA (Seville).
6620		NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
6621		PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
6622			Employment Standards Administration.
6623		Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
6624		Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
6625			Jr.
6626		NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
6627			from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
6628		ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
6629			from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
6630		Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
6631		NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
6632		NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
6633		Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
6634			of the University of Arizona.
6635		Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid.  Noted by David Linn of
6636			Vanderbilt University.
6637		Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
6638			Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
6639			this auto-detects.  Based on a patch from Randall
6640			Winchester of the University of Maryland.
6641	CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file.  Contributed by
6642		Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
6643	CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
6644		(where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
6645		worked only on hosts).  Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
6646		Foundation.
6647	CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
6648	CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
6649		if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
6650		should be transparent for most everyone.  Suggested by John
6651		Myers of CMU.
6652	CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade).  Without this feature, any
6653		domain listed in $=w is masqueraded.  With it, only those
6654		domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
6655	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain).  This causes
6656		masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
6657		hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
6658		themselves.  For example, if a configuration had
6659		MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
6660		foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
6661		masqueraded as well.  Based on an implementation by Richard
6662		(Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
6663	CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
6664		outgoing addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
6665		Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses.  Yes,
6666		this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
6667		just when to use which one may be tricky.  Based on code
6668		contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
6669		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6670	CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
6671		incoming addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
6672		Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
6673		part (with the @ sign).  For example, a table containing:
6674			info@foo.com	foo-info
6675			info@bar.com	bar-info
6676			@baz.org	jane@elsewhere.net
6677		would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
6678		(which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
6679		to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
6680		be sent to jane@elsewhere.net.  The names foo.com, bar.com,
6681		and baz.org must all be in $=w.  Based on discussions with
6682		a great many people.
6683	CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
6684		Suggested by Richard Bainter.
6685	CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
6686		"fax" mailer.
6687	CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
6688		passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
6689		mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
6690		additional clever processing.  From Joe Pruett of
6691		Teleport Corporation.  Delivery to the original user can
6692		be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
6693	CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
6694		"mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
6695		"local:user" can also be used to do local delivery.  This
6696		applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries.  Based
6697		on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
6698	CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
6699		limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
6700		lookups required to support this feature.  For example,
6701		FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
6702		to domains under my.site.com.  Code contributed by Anthony
6703		Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
6704	CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
6705		such as the check_rcpt ruleset.  Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
6706		of WPI.
6707	CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
6708		event you have to define local mailers.  Suggested by
6709		Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
6710	CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
6711		be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax.  Based on a patch by
6712		Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
6713	CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
6714		remotely connected.  The address host!user was being
6715		converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
6716		Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
6717	CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
6718	CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
6719		"User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
6720		new address is still on the local host.  Based on a suggestion
6721		by Andreas Luik.
6722	CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
6723		However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
6724		Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6725	CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
6726		Wolfhugel.
6727	CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
6728	MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris.  Note
6729		well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
6730		Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
6731		different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
6732		and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
6733		match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer.  Patches from Paul
6734		Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
6735	MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
6736		was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
6737		was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
6738		the open.  Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
6739		Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
6740	MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably.  Patch from Bryan
6741		Costales.
6742	MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
6743	MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
6744		honored.  Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
6745	PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
6746	NEW FILES:
6747		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
6748		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
6749		src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
6750		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
6751		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
6752		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
6753		mailstats/mailstats.8
6754		praliases/praliases.8
6755		cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
6756		cf/feature/genericstable.m4
6757		cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
6758		cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
6759		cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
6760		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
6761		cf/ostype/altos.m4
6762		cf/ostype/maxion.m4
6763		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
6764		cf/ostype/uxpds.m4
6765		contrib/re-mqueue.pl
6766	DELETED FILES:
6767		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
6768		contrib/xla/README
6769		contrib/xla/xla.c
6770	RENAMED FILES:
6771		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 =>	Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
6772		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 =>	Makefile.SCO.4.2
6773		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS =>		Makefile.UXPDSV10
6774		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT =>		Makefile.NeXT.2.x
6775		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP =>	Makefile.NeXT.3.x
6776
67778.7.6/8.7.3	1996/09/17
6778	SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
6779		queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
6780		as the default user.  This is not exploitable from off-site.
6781		Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
6782		(old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
6783	SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
6784		a local user to get root.  This is not known to be exploitable
6785		from off-site.  The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
6786
67878.7.5/8.7.3	1996/03/04
6788	Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
6789		in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
6790		extra spaces in odd places.  Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
6791		reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
6792		Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
6793		and others.
6794
67958.7.4/8.7.3	1996/02/18
6796	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
6797		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
6798		any user (except root).
6799	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
6800		version number is unchanged.
6801
68028.7.3/8.7.3	1995/12/03
6803	Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
6804		two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly.  Fix
6805		from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6806	Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
6807		negative array subscripting.  Not a security problem since
6808		this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
6809		core dumps.  Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
6810	Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names.  Pointed out by Bryan
6811		Costales.
6812	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6813		SCO doesn't have ftruncate.  From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
6814		IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
6815			order.  Tweak it to work properly.  Based on fixes
6816			from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
6817			Stanford University.
6818	CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
6819		Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6820
68218.7.2/8.7.2	1995/11/19
6822	REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
6823		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options.  They were not
6824		properly repaired in 8.7.1.
6825	Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
6826		valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
6827		last being a historic botch, of course).  If Bcc: is the
6828		only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
6829		but the header name is kept.  The old behavior (always keep
6830		the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
6831		to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
6832	Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
6833		sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages.  Suggested
6834		by Kari Hurtta.
6835	If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
6836		continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
6837		return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
6838		For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
6839		with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
6840		but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
6841		a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
6842		failure in the hosts.files map.  This error caused hard
6843		bounces when it should have requeued.
6844	Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
6845		owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
6846		working properly due to excessive paranoia.  Pointed out by
6847		John Hawkinson of Panix.
6848	An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
6849		timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
6850		queued it locally).  Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
6851		to simplify queue management for clustered systems.  Suggested
6852		by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.  The same problem could break
6853		MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
6854		-- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
6855		Infobiogen.
6856	Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring().  This was not a security
6857		problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
6858		without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
6859		good idea to avoid future problems.  Problem noted by John
6860		Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
6861	``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
6862		printed.  Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
6863	Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
6864		is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
6865		created.  Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
6866	Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
6867		be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher.  Suggested
6868		by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
6869	Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
6870		underscores.
6871	Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
6872		alias.  Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
6873		of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
6874	If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
6875		is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
6876		included even if the user did not request success notification,
6877		which was confusing.  Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
6878	Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
6879		using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
6880		configurations.  Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
6881		having no local alias file unless it is declared.  Problem
6882		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
6883	Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined.  Pointed out by Bryan
6884		Costales of ICSI.
6885	Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
6886		should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps.  Pointed
6887		out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
6888	Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
6889		even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
6890		address with an "@".  Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
6891		Technological University.
6892	When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
6893		dots alone on a line by themselves.  This is because of the
6894		preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
6895		Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6896	Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing.  Pointed
6897		out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
6898	Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
6899		Requested by Allan Johannesen.
6900	Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
6901		to have the database format of the alias files without the
6902		text version.  Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
6903		Inc.
6904	If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
6905		imported from the environment.  Pointed out by Frank Crawford
6906		<frank@ansto.gov.au>.
6907	Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
6908		extra arguments.  Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
6909		University.
6910	Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
6911		the parent should do this.  Fix from Brian Coan of the
6912		Association for Progressive Communications.
6913	If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
6914		during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
6915		reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
6916		didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
6917		even though it was fatal).  The fix is to not return such
6918		messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
6919		MinQueueAge interval.  Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
6920		SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
6921	Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
6922		that have the hes_getmailhost() routine.  DEC Hesiod
6923		distributions do not have this routine.  Based on a patch
6924		from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
6925	Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
6926		in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
6927		non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures.  This should solve the
6928		occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
6929		has plagued me for quite some time.  Based on a patch from
6930		Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
6931	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6932		Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
6933			/usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings.  From
6934			James B. Davis of TCI.
6935		DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm.  From
6936			Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6937		HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
6938			so that the makesendmail script will find it.  Pointed
6939			out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
6940			Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
6941			isn't supported on all compilers.
6942		UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
6943	CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
6944		you also had a FAX_RELAY.  From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
6945	CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
6946		didn't have trailing dot.  From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
6947	CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
6948		user%host@thishost.  From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
6949		(France).
6950	CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
6951		Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
6952	CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
6953		such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local).  Based on
6954		a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
6955	CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
6956		have already been set.  Previously it worked differently
6957		for different files.
6958	CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did.  My take
6959		is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
6960		for some people.  From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6961	CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
6962		portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
6963		changes).
6964
69658.7.1/8.7.1	1995/10/01
6966	Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
6967		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
6968		escapes in the options, where they previously had.  Bug
6969		pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
6970	Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
6971		returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
6972		would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
6973		particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
6974		ignored.  Change to ignore the value if the program returns
6975		non-zero exit status.  From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6976	Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
6977		bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine.  Although
6978		this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
6979		has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
6980		internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
6981		dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
6982		target.  Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
6983		These both have possible security implications.  Solutions
6984		suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
6985		(Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
6986	Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
6987		parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
6988		results.  This could have security implications.
6989	If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
6990		routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
6991		Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
6992	Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
6993		sort first within a given preference.  This forces the bestmx
6994		map to always return the local host first, if it is included
6995		in the list of highest priority MX records.  From K. Robert
6996		Elz.
6997	Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences.  Fixes from Randy
6998		Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
6999	When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
7000		domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
7001		(e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
7002		sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
7003		really needs.  This has been changed to fall through to the
7004		next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
7005		file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
7006		short name was found in /etc/hosts.  This is probably a crock,
7007		but many people have hosts files without FQDNs.  Remember:
7008		domain names are your friends.
7009	Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
7010		Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
7011	When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
7012		Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
7013	Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
7014		connection timeout in the kernel.  Add a new "connect" timeout
7015		to limit this time.  Defaults to zero (use whatever the
7016		kernel provides).  Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
7017		of TerraNet.
7018	Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
7019		removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
7020		(This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
7021		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
7022		of WPI.
7023	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7024		On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
7025			of sendmail.st location.  Change the Makefile to
7026			install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
7027			file and SGI standards.  From Andre
7028			<andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
7029		Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
7030			from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
7031		Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
7032		LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
7033		SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
7034			dbm library.  The ndbm library is part of libc.
7035	CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
7036		``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
7037		Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7038	CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
7039		since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
7040		rebuild.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7041	CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
7042		otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
7043		the sender.  Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
7044		Infobiogen (France).
7045	NEW FILES:
7046		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7047		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7048		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
7049
70508.7/8.7		1995/09/16
7051	Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
7052		descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
7053		vfork.  Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
7054		Global Communications.
7055	Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
7056		people seemed to think that it was too rude.
7057	Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
7058		was not defined.  This was used "safely" in the sense
7059		that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
7060		map modification time improperly.  Problem pointed out
7061		by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7062	Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
7063		receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
7064		can be confusing.
7065	Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
7066		useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
7067	Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
7068		file on systems with no database method compiled in.
7069	If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
7070		up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
7071		compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
7072		RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
7073		Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
7074		Maryland.
7075	Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
7076		There is nothing that says you can't have a long
7077		running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
7078		/bin/mail, which just execs sendmail).  Problem reported
7079		by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7080	Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
7081		is not set.  This allows you to have hosts listed in
7082		NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS.  It's normally
7083		a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines.  This
7084		should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
7085	Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
7086		prototypes.  From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7087	Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
7088		by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
7089		$[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
7090		times.  From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7091	SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
7092		the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
7093		This involves adding two new compile-time options:
7094		HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
7095		available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
7096		is available -- the Release 3 form is used).  The former
7097		is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
7098		V-based systems.  Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
7099		Swarthmore University.
7100	New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
7101		``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
7102		``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
7103		``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
7104			ruleset.
7105		``=M'' will display the known mailers.
7106		``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
7107			-d debug flag.
7108		``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
7109		``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
7110		``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
7111		``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
7112			crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
7113			and the parsed address.
7114		``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
7115			it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
7116		``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing.  The
7117			flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
7118			and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient.  These
7119			can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
7120			recipients.
7121		``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
7122			return the result.
7123		``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
7124			`mapname' and return the result.
7125	Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
7126		should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
7127	Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
7128		the header for envelope sender information and uses
7129		CR-LF as message terminators.  It was thought to be
7130		obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
7131		turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
7132		that functionality.
7133	Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
7134		return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
7135		that name fails, wait one minute and try again.  This can
7136		result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
7137		hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
7138		listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
7139	Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
7140		RFC 1123 section 5.2.5.  Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
7141		of Michigan Technological University.
7142	Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
7143		can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
7144		if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
7145		chown is not safe.  The new version falls back to whether
7146		you are on a BSD system or not.  This is important for
7147		SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
7148		error codes.  This impacts whether you can mail to files
7149		or not.
7150	Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
7151		file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
7152		syntax error in the config file.  Change to always print
7153		the error message.  It was especially weird because it
7154		would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
7155		for every message sent (but with no transcript).  Problem
7156		noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
7157	Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
7158		zero bytes.  These changes are internally extensive, but
7159		should have minimal impact on external function.
7160	Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
7161		(apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
7162			O MatchGECOS=TRUE
7163		The full list of old and new names is as follows:
7164			7	SevenBitInput
7165			8	EightBitMode
7166			A	AliasFile
7167			a	AliasWait
7168			B	BlankSub
7169			b	MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
7170			C	CheckpointInterval
7171			c	HoldExpensive
7172			D	AutoRebuildAliases
7173			d	DeliveryMode
7174			E	ErrorHeader
7175			e	ErrorMode
7176			f	SaveFromLine
7177			F	TempFileMode
7178			G	MatchGECOS
7179			H	HelpFile
7180			h	MaxHopCount
7181			i	IgnoreDots
7182			I	ResolverOptions
7183			J	ForwardPath
7184			j	SendMimeErrors
7185			k	ConnectionCacheSize
7186			K	ConnectionCacheTimeout
7187			L	LogLevel
7188			l	UseErrorsTo
7189			m	MeToo
7190			n	CheckAliases
7191			O	DaemonPortOptions
7192			o	OldStyleHeaders
7193			P	PostmasterCopy
7194			p	PrivacyOptions
7195			Q	QueueDirectory
7196			q	QueueFactor
7197			R	DontPruneRoutes
7198			r, T	Timeout
7199			S	StatusFile
7200			s	SuperSafe
7201			t	TimeZoneSpec
7202			u	DefaultUser
7203			U	UserDatabaseSpec
7204			V	FallbackMXHost
7205			v	Verbose
7206			w	TryNullMXList
7207			x	QueueLA
7208			X	RefuseLA
7209			Y	ForkEachJob
7210			y	RecipientFactor
7211			z	ClassFactor
7212			Z	RetryFactor
7213		The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
7214		been changed to options; those correspondences are:
7215			$e	SmtpGreetingMessage
7216			$l	UnixFromLine
7217			$o	OperatorChars
7218			$q	(deleted -- not necessary)
7219		To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
7220		configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
7221		sendmail; any config file using the new names should
7222		specify "V6" in the configuration.
7223	Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
7224		colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
7225		as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
7226		treat them as comments).  This is to handle the
7227		``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
7228		assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
7229		address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
7230		This requires config file support to get right.  It does
7231		understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
7232		off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7233	Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
7234		    A	Addresses are aliasable.
7235		    i	Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
7236			sender lines.  Applies to the from address mailer
7237			flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
7238		    j	Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
7239			Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
7240			recipient mailer flags.
7241		    k	Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
7242		    o	Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
7243			delivery.
7244		    w	Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
7245		    5	Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
7246		    :	Check for :include: on this address.
7247		    |	Check for |program on this address.
7248		    /	Check for /file on this address.
7249		    @	Look up sender header addresses in the user
7250			database.  Applies to the mailer flags for the
7251			mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
7252			address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
7253		Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
7254		on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
7255		mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7256	Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions.  This borrows ideas from
7257		John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
7258		their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
7259		mime.c for an explanation of why).  This adds the
7260		EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
7261		to control handling of 8-bit data.  These have to cope with
7262		two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
7263		8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
7264		MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
7265		specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
7266		as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
7267		-B8BITMIME command line flag).  If the F=8 mailer flag is
7268		set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
7269		instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
7270		just-send-8 semantics).  The values for EightBitMode are:
7271		    m	convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
7272			any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
7273			(essentially, the full MIME option).
7274		    p	pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
7275			8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
7276		    s	strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
7277			convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required.  The F=8
7278			flag is ignored.
7279		Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
7280			the setting of F=8.
7281	Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
7282		which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
7283		considerations.  Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
7284		never directly encoded (although their components can be).
7285	Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
7286		MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
7287		they are an RFC822 message.  It is predefined to have
7288		"rfc822".  Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
7289	Add new internal class 'e'.  This is the set of MIME
7290		Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
7291		a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64).  It is
7292		preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
7293	Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
7294		short name) to set the default character set to use in the
7295		Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
7296		which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format.  If the C=
7297		parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
7298		the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
7299		If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
7300		suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
7301	Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
7302		user and group that a mailer will be executed as.  This
7303		overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
7304		also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
7305		is, the controlling address is ignored).  The values may be
7306		numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
7307		group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
7308		as the group.  Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
7309		Unicom.
7310	Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
7311		fashion as the U= mailer option.
7312	Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
7313		a comment).  This adds a new compile-time configuration
7314		flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
7315		of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
7316		of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
7317		*tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
7318		timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment).  Code
7319		from Chip Rosenthal.
7320	The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
7321		For example,
7322		    O Timeout.helo = 2m
7323		There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
7324		"queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option.  Thus, to
7325		set them both the preferred new syntax is
7326		    O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
7327		    O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
7328	Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
7329		QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
7330		``host''.  This makes better use of the connection cache,
7331		but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
7332		backlogs under some circumstances.  This is probably a
7333		good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
7334		of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
7335		something like PPP on a 14.4 modem.  Based on code
7336		contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
7337		contribution was to make it configurable).
7338	Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
7339		after disastrous disk crash.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
7340		UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
7341		by Paul Vixie.  NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
7342		are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
7343		from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
7344	Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
7345		route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
7346		they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
7347		I/O redirection.
7348	Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
7349		can be confusing.
7350	Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
7351		*-request addresses.  Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
7352		of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
7353	Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
7354	Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
7355		to run the queue.  For example, if the queue interval
7356		(-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
7357		is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
7358		once every fifteen minutes.  This can be used to give
7359		you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
7360		queue-only.
7361	Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
7362		:include: and .forward files.
7363	Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
7364		key field name, the value field name, and the field
7365		delimiter.  The field delimiter can be a single character
7366		or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
7367		These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
7368	Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
7369		turns off this behavior.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7370	Add "nisplus" map class.  Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
7371		key and value field names respectively.  Code donated by
7372		Sun Microsystems.
7373	Add "hesiod" map class.  The "file name" is used as the
7374		"HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3).  Returns the
7375		first value found for the match.  Code donated by Scott
7376		Hutton of Indiana University.
7377	Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class.  Maps can have a -k flag to
7378		specify the name of the property that is searched as the
7379		key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
7380		is returned as the value (defaults to "members").  The
7381		default map is "/aliases".  Some code based on code
7382		contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
7383	Add "text" map class.  This does slow, linear searches through
7384		text files.  The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
7385		(defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
7386		sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
7387		value column number.  Lines beginning with `#' are treated
7388		as comments.
7389	Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs.  The search
7390		key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
7391		line read from the programs standard output.  Exit statuses
7392		are from sysexits.h.
7393	Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
7394		finds a match.  For example, the declarations:
7395		    Kmap1 ...
7396		    Kmap2 ...
7397		    Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
7398		defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
7399		value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
7400		map2 is searched and the value returned.
7401	Add "switch" map class.  This is much like "sequence" except that
7402		the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
7403		the system service switch.  The parameter is the name of
7404		the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
7405		are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
7406		For example, if the declaration of the map is
7407		    Ksample switch hosts
7408		and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
7409		looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
7410		equivalent to
7411		    Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
7412		The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
7413	Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam.  Takes a
7414		"-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
7415		entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
7416		gecos, dir, and shell.  Generally expected to be used with
7417		the -m (matchonly) flag.
7418	Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
7419		listed as the value.  If there are several "best" MX records
7420		for this host, one will be chosen at random.
7421	Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
7422		The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
7423		typically "mailname".  If there are multiple entries
7424		matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
7425	Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning).  These are
7426		set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
7427		three values.  If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
7428		"urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
7429		used.  If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
7430		if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
7431		zero, urgent timeouts are used.  Otherwise, normal timeouts
7432		are used.  The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
7433		queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
7434	Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
7435		with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
7436		but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
7437		This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
7438		of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
7439	When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
7440		the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
7441		search for the first one with a dot.  For example, if
7442		an /etc/hosts entry reads
7443		    128.32.149.68	mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
7444		this change will use the second name as the canonical
7445		machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
7446	Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
7447		indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
7448		For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
7449		"Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
7450		quoted (because of the space character).  Suggested by Dan
7451		Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
7452	Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
7453		be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
7454		Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''.  Names that have
7455		a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
7456		reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
7457		should use names that begin with a capital letter.  Based
7458		on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
7459	Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
7460		to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
7461		with no members).  Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
7462	Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
7463		failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
7464		xalloc....  The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
7465		Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
7466	Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
7467		checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
7468		IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
7469		deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
7470		much longer than the specified timeout.
7471	If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
7472		writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
7473		this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
7474		denial-of-service attack.
7475	Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
7476		defined.  It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
7477		user names.  Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7478	Add service switch support.  If the local OS has a service
7479		switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
7480		on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
7481		to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
7482		option (default: /etc/service.switch).  For example, if the
7483		service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
7484		service, that will be the default lookup order.  the "files"
7485		("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
7486		you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
7487		actually file lookups.
7488	Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
7489		variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
7490		canonical.  This is now determined based on whether or not
7491		"dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
7492	Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
7493		Status Notifications).  DSN notifications override
7494		Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
7495		support for them has been removed.
7496	Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
7497		definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
7498		MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
7499	Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
7500		five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
7501		message (not just the second line).  This is to provide
7502		better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
7503	Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
7504		easily see how much progress you have made.  Suggested
7505		by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
7506	Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
7507		syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
7508		Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
7509	Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
7510		multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
7511		also improves the connection cache utilization.
7512	Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
7513		the purposes of refusing to send error returns.  Suggested
7514		by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
7515	Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
7516		the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
7517		real uid/gid.  This allows you to create a file owned by
7518		and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
7519		all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set).  Change
7520		suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
7521		Microsystems.
7522	Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
7523		delay for dial on demand systems.  If this is non-zero
7524		and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
7525		then try again.  If it takes longer than the kernel
7526		timeout interval to establish the connection, this
7527		option can give the network software time to establish
7528		the link.  The default units are seconds.
7529	Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
7530		previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
7531		sent to aliases.  Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
7532		Defense Information Systems Agency.
7533	Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
7534		BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told.  From Douglas Anderson of
7535		the National Computer Security Center.
7536	Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
7537		you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
7538		last try.  It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
7539		lists to favor "quick" addresses.  Provided for use by
7540		the mailprio scripts (see below).
7541	If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
7542		an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
7543		map instead of bouncing it.  This involves creating a
7544		pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
7545		map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
7546		all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail".  The
7547		bogus-map class is not directly accessible.  A sample
7548		implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
7549		University Computing Service.
7550	Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
7551		SMTP on its standard input.  Fix from Keith Moore of
7552		the University of Kentucky.
7553	Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
7554		previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
7555		as a file.  Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
7556	Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon.  This only works if
7557		argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
7558	Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
7559		-- the network number wasn't being converted to network
7560		byte order.  Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
7561		Corporation.
7562	Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
7563		BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
7564		reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
7565		out.  Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
7566	Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
7567		locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
7568		an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added.  This really
7569		just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
7570		can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
7571		Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
7572		if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
7573	Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
7574		properly if they do not already exist.  This had been
7575		a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
7576	Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
7577		(but not prevent, sigh) race conditions.  This ought to
7578		be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't.  Suggested by
7579		Michael Beirne of Motorola.
7580	Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
7581		holding the queue.  Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
7582		Communications.
7583	Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
7584		when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
7585		succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case.  This avoids
7586		significant performance problems when looking for .forward
7587		files.  Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
7588	Allow symbolic ruleset names.  Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
7589		arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
7590		to assign a specific ruleset number.  Reference is
7591		$>name_or_number.  Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
7592		underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
7593	Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
7594		From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7595	Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
7596		no legal recipient header in the message.  It can take
7597		on values:
7598		  None			Leave the message as is.  The
7599					message will be passed on even
7600					though it is in technically
7601					illegal syntax.
7602		  Add-To		Add a To: header with any
7603					recipients that it can find from
7604					the envelope.  This risks exposing
7605					Bcc: recipients.
7606		  Add-Apparently-To	Add an Apparently-To: header.  This
7607					has almost no redeeming social value,
7608					and is provided only for back
7609					compatibility.
7610		  Add-To-Undisclosed	Add a header reading
7611					To: undisclosed-recipients:;
7612					which will have the effect of
7613					making the message legal without
7614					exposing Bcc: recipients.
7615		  Add-Bcc		To add an empty Bcc: header.
7616					There is a chance that mailers down
7617					the line will delete this header,
7618					which could cause exposure of Bcc:
7619					recipients.
7620		The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
7621	Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header.  This
7622		should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
7623		themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
7624		be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
7625		recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
7626	Add SafeFileEnvironment option.  If declared, files named as delivery
7627		targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
7628		checks.  Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
7629		the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
7630		environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
7631		alias or forward should include the name of this root.
7632		For example, if you run with
7633			O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
7634		then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path".  If a
7635		value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
7636		/usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
7637		queue as Qfxxxxxx).  Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
7638	Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
7639		entries.  For example, given the aliases:
7640			list: member1
7641			list: member2
7642		and an alias file declared as:
7643			OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
7644		the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
7645		without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
7646		alias for "list".  Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7647	Line-buffer transcript file.  Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
7648	Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
7649		some special circumstances.  Problem pointed out by Allan
7650		Johannesen.
7651	(Internal change.)  Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
7652		to be simpler and more consistent.
7653	Delete check for funny qf file names.  This didn't really give
7654		any extra security and caused some people some problems.
7655		(If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
7656		at compile time.)  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7657	(Internal change.)  Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
7658		merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
7659		This may affect some people who have written their own
7660		checkcompat() routine.
7661	(Internal change.)  Eliminate `D' line in qf file.  The df file
7662		is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
7663		the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
7664	Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
7665		"expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
7666		Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
7667		if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
7668	Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
7669		(specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
7670		failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
7671		command).  Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
7672		Corporation.
7673	Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
7674		Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
7675		where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
7676		the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
7677		architecture (e.g., sun4).  Any of these can be omitted,
7678		and anything after the first dot in a release number can
7679		be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4).  The previous
7680		version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
7681	Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
7682		when it is being created.  This involves adding an empty
7683		"depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
7684	Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
7685		as indicated by RFC 1413.  Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
7686		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
7687	Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
7688		on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
7689		Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
7690	Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
7691		the header.
7692	Log Authentication-Warning:s.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7693	Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
7694		to canonify addresses in headers on the fly.  This is still
7695		a rather ugly heuristic.  From Motonori Nakamura.
7696	Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
7697		records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
7698		lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
7699		qualified.  This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
7700		although it may cause other problems.  In general, don't use
7701		wildcard MX records.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
7702	Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message.  Instead of
7703		adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
7704		is added between the first and second word of the first
7705		line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
7706		host name).  This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
7707		compile flag.  Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
7708		acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
7709		old sendmails understand.
7710	Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
7711		invoked state dumps.  From Masaharu Onishi.
7712	Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
7713		introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
7714		is a space or a tab.  This is intended for native
7715		representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
7716		existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
7717		data -- for example,
7718		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
7719					(romanized/less information)
7720		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
7721					      =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
7722					(with MIME encoding, not human readable)
7723		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
7724					(native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
7725		The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
7726		Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
7727	Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
7728		messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
7729		with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
7730		421 (service shutting down).  The effect was to cause queues
7731		to sometimes take an excessive time to flush.  Reported by
7732		Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
7733		Eric Prestemon of American University.
7734	Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
7735		run.  This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
7736		increment on the background value).
7737	Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads.  They are logged
7738		at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8.  Contributed
7739		by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
7740	Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
7741		instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
7742		Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
7743	Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
7744		to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
7745		in addition to the set required by RFC 1521.  The additional
7746		characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
7747		(Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
7748	Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
7749		rather than looking for the mailer named *file*.  The mapping
7750		of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer.  This
7751		allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
7752		program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
7753		or do special security policy.  However, note that the usual
7754		initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
7755		the program in question needs to be very careful about how
7756		it does the file write to avoid security problems.
7757	Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
7758		regular users.  This is disrecommended because sendmail
7759		sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
7760		is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
7761		safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
7762		whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
7763		Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
7764	Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
7765		file.  This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
7766		service type is "files".
7767	Implement programs on F (read class from file) line.  The syntax is
7768		Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
7769		into class "c".
7770	Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
7771		host.  Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call.  Code
7772		contributed by SunSoft.
7773	Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
7774		variables into children.  "E<envar>" will propagate
7775		the named variable from the environment when sendmail
7776		was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
7777		sets the named variable to the indicated value.  Any
7778		variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
7779		environment.  However, sendmail still forces an
7780		"AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
7781		at least one environment variable, since many programs and
7782		libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
7783	Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
7784		alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
7785		"/yp/" in the file name.  This is more portable and involves
7786		less overhead.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7787	Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
7788		jobs in large queue runs.  The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
7789		is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
7790		should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
7791		which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
7792		be handled in a single queue run.  Based on code contributed
7793		by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
7794	Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
7795		message size.  Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
7796	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
7797		an X-Authentication-Warning: added.  Suggested by Mark Thomas
7798		of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
7799	Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
7800		OS-dependent defines).  The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
7801		run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
7802		and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
7803		all output files) has been moved to 52.100.  This makes
7804		things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
7805		semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
7806		it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
7807		flags.
7808	If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
7809		error message rather than just doing nothing.  Fix from
7810		Motonori Nakamura.
7811	On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
7812		included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
7813		`restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
7814		user to not be able to use `mailq'.  Fix from Charles Hannum
7815		of MIT.
7816	Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers.  Suggested by
7817		Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
7818	Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
7819		when running DNS.  For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
7820		a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
7821		the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
7822		if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
7823		This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
7824		IETF is moving toward legalizing it.  Note that turning on
7825		this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
7826		neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
7827	Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
7828		directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
7829		the make.
7830	Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
7831		to detect attacks against the qf file.  In particular,
7832		abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
7833		file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
7834	Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
7835		choices.  This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
7836		either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
7837		(to the extent that we know it) or by defining
7838		_PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override").  This allows
7839		sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
7840	Allow macros on `K' line in config file.  Suggested by Andrew Chang
7841		of Sun Microsystems.
7842	Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar.  This one
7843		is at least 50% faster.
7844	Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
7845		transient error.  Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
7846		University.
7847	Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
7848		classes.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7849	Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
7850		of dropping out entirely.  This makes testing some of the
7851		name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
7852		hung servers.  From Motonori Nakamura.
7853	Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
7854		(e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.).  Suggested by
7855		Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
7856	Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
7857		Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
7858		any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
7859		want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued.  For
7860		this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
7861		of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
7862	Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
7863		Carnegie Mellon.
7864	Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
7865		support.
7866	Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
7867		not send for past N days".  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
7868		Global Information Solutions.
7869	Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
7870		From Motonori Nakamura.
7871	Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags.  From
7872		Motonori Nakamura.
7873	Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
7874		or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
7875	Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
7876		address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
7877		site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
7878		to the final dot of the data.  Problem reported by David
7879		James of British Telecom.
7880	Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work.  Patches
7881		from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
7882	Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
7883		that list the same host twice in an MX list.  This deletion
7884		only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
7885		had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
7886		A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B.  This is intentional,
7887		just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
7888		Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
7889	SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links.  If they are,
7890		a bad guy can read your private files.
7891	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7892		Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
7893		System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
7894			University.  This expands the disk size
7895			checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
7896		System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
7897			and setrlimit(2) are both available.
7898		System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
7899			apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
7900		Linux Makefile typo.
7901		Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
7902			from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
7903		More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
7904			University, Chico.
7905		Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar:  ``On Cray, shorts,
7906			ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
7907			are multiples of 64 bits.  This means that the
7908			sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
7909			This requires adaptation of code that really
7910			deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
7911			addresses or nameserver fields.''
7912		DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>.  To
7913			get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
7914		DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
7915			variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
7916		Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
7917			This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
7918			problems.
7919		Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
7920			match all the other configuration files.  Fix
7921			from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
7922		Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c.  Fix from Alain
7923			Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
7924		Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect.  Fix from
7925			Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
7926		SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
7927			emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
7928			doesn't require reading the file.  Fix from Peter
7929			Wemm of DIALix.
7930		Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
7931			library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
7932			they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
7933			socket clears the problem.  Fix from Bob Manson
7934			of Ohio State University.
7935		Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
7936			fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
7937			University.
7938		AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf
7939			of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t
7940			Mainz.
7941		AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
7942		SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
7943			wrong statfs call).
7944		ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
7945		Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
7946			University.
7947		DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
7948		IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
7949			Rochester Medical Center.
7950		Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
7951			did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
7952			their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
7953			Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
7954			Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
7955		OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
7956			<jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
7957			Division.
7958		Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
7959			<janet@dialix.oz.au>.
7960		System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
7961			Durand of I.M.A.G.
7962		HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
7963			Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
7964		Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
7965		Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
7966			Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
7967		Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
7968		ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
7969		IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
7970		ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
7971		HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
7972			of Meteo France.
7973		HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
7974		IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
7975		FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
7976		Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
7977		Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
7978		NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
7979		NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
7980		AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
7981		HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
7982		Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
7983			non-DEC resolver.  Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
7984		UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
7985			University of Brno (Czech Republic).
7986		KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
7987			of Colorado.
7988		UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
7989	MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
7990		in type ``btree'' maps.  The semantics of this are undefined
7991		for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
7992	MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
7993		lookups while the rebuild is going on.  There is a race
7994		condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
7995		on the file, but it should be quite small.
7996	SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release.  This can
7997		be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
7998		giving the local administrator more control over what
7999		programs can be run from sendmail.
8000	MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape.  It is not really
8001		part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
8002		particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
8003		never will.
8004	CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
8005		to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
8006		function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
8007	CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
8008		lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
8009		respond quickly get sent first.  This is to prevent very
8010		sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
8011		Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8012	CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
8013		of BSDI.  This has a lot of comments to help people out.
8014	CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
8015		put this on the m4 command line.  On GNU m4 (which
8016		supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
8017		arbitrary directory -- use either:
8018			m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8019		or
8020			m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8021		On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
8022		can use:
8023			m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
8024		(Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
8025		Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
8026		compatibility.
8027	CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
8028		MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
8029	CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
8030		names.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
8031	CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
8032		From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
8033		County.
8034	CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
8035	CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
8036		just unqualified ones.
8037	CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
8038		was never used and didn't work anyway.
8039	CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
8040		and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
8041	CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
8042		look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
8043		finally for "user".  This is intended for forwarding mail
8044		for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
8045		centralized hub.
8046	CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
8047	CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
8048		The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
8049		this is expected to be another sendmail.
8050	CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
8051		the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
8052		wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
8053		and this can create unreplyable addresses.  From Chip
8054		Rosenthal of Unicom.
8055	CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
8056		Received: header inserted into all messages.  Suggested by
8057		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
8058	CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
8059		to get the old behavior.  I did this upon observing
8060		that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
8061		concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
8062		some user agents anyway.  FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
8063		but it is a no-op.
8064	CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
8065		names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
8066		as User Unknown.
8067	CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
8068		and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
8069		indicated mailers.  All default to "IPC $h".  Patch from
8070		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
8071	CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
8072		on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
8073		return-path.  From Kimmo Suominen.
8074	CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
8075		as the local mailer.  For addresses of the form "user+detail"
8076		the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
8077		Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8078	CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
8079		use from mailertables.  This lets you execute arbitrary
8080		procmail scripts.  Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8081	CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
8082	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent.  From
8083		Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
8084	CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
8085		This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
8086		MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
8087		From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
8088	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
8089		list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
8090		though they were local (essentially, assume that they
8091		are included in $=w).  This can cause additional DNS
8092		traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
8093		local model.  It does not work reliably if there are
8094		multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
8095		Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
8096	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
8097		SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
8098		to programs.  If an argument is included, it is used as
8099		the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
8100		assumed.
8101	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
8102		size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
8103		respectively.  Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
8104		Information Systems Agency.
8105	CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
8106		(just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
8107		properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
8108	CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
8109		any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
8110		so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
8111		the Berkeley defaults.  Also, create some generic files
8112		that really can be used in the real world.
8113	CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
8114		messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
8115		SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
8116	CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
8117		The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
8118	CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
8119		mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
8120		As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''.  Suggested
8121		by Scott Hutton.
8122	CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support.  Code contributed
8123		by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
8124	CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
8125		performance for large alias files, and this confused many
8126		people.
8127	CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
8128		configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
8129	CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
8130		would only work when locally addressed.  Fix from
8131		Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
8132	CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
8133		"n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
8134		Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
8135	CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
8136		``error:code message''.  The ``code'' is a status code
8137		derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
8138		Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
8139	CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
8140		sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
8141		These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
8142		through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
8143		replaced by the masquerade name.  These can also be specified
8144		in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
8145	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
8146		as well as the header.  Substantial improvements to this
8147		code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
8148	CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
8149		accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups.  Contributed
8150		by Kimmo Suominen.
8151	CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
8152		used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
8153		Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
8154	CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
8155		UUCP addressing.  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
8156	NEW FILES:
8157		cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc
8158		cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
8159		cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc
8160		cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
8161		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
8162		cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
8163		cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
8164		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
8165		cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
8166		cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
8167		cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc
8168		cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
8169		cf/domain/generic.m4
8170		cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
8171		cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
8172		cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
8173		cf/feature/smrsh.m4
8174		cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
8175		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
8176		cf/m4/cfhead.m4
8177		cf/mailer/cyrus.m4
8178		cf/mailer/mail11.m4
8179		cf/mailer/phquery.m4
8180		cf/mailer/procmail.m4
8181		cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
8182		cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
8183		cf/ostype/hpux10.m4
8184		cf/ostype/irix5.m4
8185		cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4
8186		cf/ostype/ptx2.m4
8187		cf/ostype/unknown.m4
8188		contrib/bsdi.mc
8189		contrib/mailprio
8190		contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
8191		mail.local/mail.local.0
8192		makemap/makemap.0
8193		smrsh/README
8194		smrsh/smrsh.0
8195		smrsh/smrsh.8
8196		smrsh/smrsh.c
8197		src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
8198		src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
8199		src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
8200		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
8201		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
8202		src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
8203		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
8204		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
8205		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
8206		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
8207		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
8208		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
8209		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
8210		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
8211		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
8212		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
8213		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
8214		src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
8215		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
8216		src/aliases.0
8217		src/mailq.0
8218		src/mime.c
8219		src/newaliases.0
8220		src/sendmail.0
8221		test/t_seteuid.c
8222	RENAMED FILES:
8223		cf/cf/alpha.mc =>		cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
8224		cf/cf/chez.mc =>		cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
8225		cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
8226		cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
8227		cf/cf/s2k.mc =>			cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
8228		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
8229		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
8230		cf/cf/vangogh.mc =>		cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
8231		cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 =>	cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
8232		cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 =>	cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8233		cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 =>	cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8234		cf/domain/s2k.m4 =>		cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8235		cf/ostype/hpux.m4 =>		cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
8236		cf/ostype/irix.m4 =>		cf/ostype/irix4.m4
8237		cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 =>	cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
8238		src/Makefile.* =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
8239		src/Makefile.AUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
8240		src/Makefile.BSDI =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
8241		src/Makefile.DGUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
8242		src/Makefile.RISCos =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
8243		src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 =>	src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
8244	OBSOLETED FILES:
8245		cf/cf/cogsci.mc
8246		cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc
8247		cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc
8248		cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
8249		cf/cf/knecht.mc
8250		cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
8251		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
8252		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
8253		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8254		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8255		cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
8256		contrib/rcpt-streaming
8257		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
8258
82598.6.13/8.6.12	1996/01/25
8260	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
8261		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
8262		any user (except root).
8263	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
8264		version number is unchanged.
8265
82668.6.12/8.6.12	1995/03/28
8267	Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
8268		too small, so nothing was ever accepted).  Fix from several
8269		people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
8270		Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
8271		Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
8272		each other!).
8273	Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
8274		file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
8275		than fork().
8276
82778.6.11/8.6.11	1995/03/08
8278	The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
8279		than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
8280	The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
8281		message when attempted from IDENT.
8282	In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
8283		reporting the ``possible attack'' message.  This can
8284		cause denial of service attacks.  Truncate the message
8285		to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
8286	When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
8287		read from the network to ensure that you don't get
8288		partial lines.
8289	Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
8290		shell) wouldn't match as "ok".  Problem noted by
8291		Rob McMahon.
8292	When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
8293		_res.options field is initialized differently than it
8294		was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
8295		res_init before it tweaks any bits.
8296	Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
8297		and the stdio mode passed to fdopen.  This caused UnixWare
8298		2.0 to have conniptions.  Fix from Martin Sohnius of
8299		Novell Labs Europe.
8300	Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
8301		using GNU's ld command.  Fix from John Kennedy of
8302		Cal State Chico.
8303	It was possible to turn off privacy flags.  Problem noted by
8304		*Hobbit*.
8305	Be more paranoid about writing files.  Suggestions by *Hobbit*
8306		and Liudvikas Bukys.
8307	MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
8308		from Spider Boardman.
8309	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
8310		with the binaries).
8311
83128.6.10/8.6.10	1995/02/10
8313	SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
8314		could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
8315	Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
8316		Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
8317		bogus information.  Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
8318		of the Free Software Foundation.  Has some security
8319		implications.
8320	Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
8321		the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
8322		because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
8323		In some cases this could cause core dumps.
8324	Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
8325		message is quite long.  From Fletcher Mattox of the
8326		University of Texas.
8327	Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
8328		messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
8329		From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
8330		Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
8331	Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
8332		set and e->e_message was null.  Fix from Bruce Nagel of
8333		Data General.
8334	Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
8335		after "hop count exceeded" messages.  Fix from Andrew
8336		Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
8337	Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
8338		user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
8339		with a lot of arguments).
8340	Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
8341		is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
8342		Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
8343		Michigan.
8344	Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
8345		off.  Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
8346		Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
8347		Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
8348		Thibault.
8349	Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
8350		some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
8351		causing it to do unexpected things.  This also simplifies
8352		some of the map code.
8353	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
8354		with the binaries).
8355
83568.6.9/8.6.9	1994/04/19
8357	Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
8358		This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
8359		may have some security implications.
8360	Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
8361		since that fails on some systems.  Reported by Ed
8362		Hill of the University of Iowa.
8363	Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message).  Reported
8364		by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
8365	Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
8366		is trying to open is optional.  From Win Bent of USC.
8367	Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
8368	Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
8369		Colorado.  Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
8370		option.
8371	Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
8372		is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
8373		sendmail -bs from inetd.  Based on code contributed by
8374		Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
8375		of Dakota State University).  This also fixes a related
8376		problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
8377		Rochester.
8378	Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
8379		variant versions can use them easily.  Suggested by
8380		Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
8381	SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
8382		spaces between parameters instead of one.  Reported by
8383		Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
8384	Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
8385		using global timeouts around the collect() loop.  This
8386		code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
8387	If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
8388		without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
8389		and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
8390		the canonical name.  This should make life easier for
8391		Solaris systems.  If it still can't be resolved, and
8392		if the name server is listed as "required", try again
8393		in 30 seconds.  If that also fails, exit immediately to
8394		avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
8395		messages.
8396	Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
8397		message to explain how much space was available and
8398		sound a bit less threatening.  Suggested by Stan Janet
8399		of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
8400	If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
8401		requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
8402		Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
8403		This prevents a certain class of denial of service
8404		attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
8405		moves things more towards what will probably become a
8406		network standard.  Suggested by Christopher Davis of
8407		Kapor Enterprises.
8408	Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
8409		without recompiling.
8410	Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
8411		if there are errors during parsing.  This change is
8412		purely cosmetic.
8413	Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
8414		SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
8415		confused by this.  Of course, I think it's their bug....
8416	Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
8417		lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
8418		if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
8419		and drops core for debugging.  This is an attempt to
8420		track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
8421		If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
8422		sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
8423	Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
8424		with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line.  From Christophe
8425		Wolfhugel.
8426	Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
8427		SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
8428		the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
8429		This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
8430		refused" response, and that the connection can be
8431		recovered later.  In particular, some socket emulations
8432		seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
8433		size around and can never start listening to connections
8434		again.  The down side is that someone could start up
8435		another daemon process in the interim, so you could
8436		have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
8437		this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
8438		incorrect.  A better approach might be to accept the
8439		connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
8440		other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
8441		implications.
8442	Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
8443		set debugging on the wrong socket.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8444	When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
8445		existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
8446		and the like could result in extra data being sent.
8447	DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
8448		doc directory.  This includes some additional
8449		information.
8450	CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
8451		of recipient envelope addresses.  This should have been
8452		handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
8453		mixing domainized and UUCP addresses.  They should
8454		probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
8455		instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
8456		loop the mail, which was bad news.
8457	Portability fixes:
8458		Newer BSDI systems (several people).
8459		Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
8460		Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
8461		UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
8462		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
8463		Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
8464			Newcastle upon Tyne.
8465		IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
8466			Corporation.
8467		NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
8468		SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
8469			Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
8470		HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
8471	New Files:
8472		src/Makefile.CLIX
8473		src/Makefile.NCR3000
8474		doc/changes/Makefile
8475		doc/changes/changes.me
8476		doc/changes/changes.ps
8477
84788.6.8/8.6.6	1994/03/21
8479	SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
8480		E (error message) option.  Reported by Richard Jones;
8481		fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
8482
84838.6.7/8.6.6	1994/03/14
8484	SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
8485		values to the -d flag.  Thanks to Alain Durand of
8486		INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
8487		list.
8488
84898.6.6/8.6.6	1994/03/13
8490	SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
8491		systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
8492		of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
8493		Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
8494		valid shell.
8495	IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
8496		in the connection cache for a long time under some
8497		circumstances.  This could result in resource exhaustion,
8498		both at your end and at the other end.  This checks the
8499		connections for timeouts much more frequently.  From
8500		Doug Anderson of NCSC.
8501	Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
8502		the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
8503		from a local user to another local user.  From
8504		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
8505	Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
8506		for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/".  From
8507		Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8508	Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
8509		instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
8510		tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
8511		SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
8512		for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
8513		syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
8514		and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
8515		statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
8516		<sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
8517	Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
8518		there was no "/locations/sendmail" property.  From
8519		David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
8520	Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
8521		to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
8522		BSD-like system.
8523	Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
8524		protocol entirely.
8525	Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
8526		mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
8527		7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
8528		that it supports 8BITMIME.  You still have to specify
8529		mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
8530	Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
8531	Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
8532		to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
8533		files.
8534	Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
8535		file if it was on a read-only file system.  From
8536		Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
8537	Improve MX randomization function.  From John Gardiner Myers
8538		of CMU.
8539	Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
8540		%s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
8541		when a bad queue file was read.  From Harry Edmon.
8542	Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail.  I'm not
8543		sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
8544		about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
8545		"localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
8546	Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
8547		headers.  This causes a leading space to be added onto
8548		continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
8549		tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
8550		etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths.  Problem
8551		Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
8552	Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
8553		security implications.  Suggested by several people.
8554	Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
8555		log the numeric address as zero.  This is a somewhat
8556		bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
8557		call, but it should be an inexpensive one.  Fix from
8558		Motonori Nakamura.
8559	Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
8560		were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
8561		to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
8562	Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
8563		per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
8564		descriptors.  This was in response to a problem reported
8565		by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
8566	Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
8567		this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
8568		is not lost.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8569	Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
8570		has a naked $ at the end.  Problem noted by James Matheson
8571		<jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
8572	Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
8573		action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
8574		501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
8575		avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
8576	Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
8577		lookup.  This prevents it from ending up with two dots
8578		on the end of dot terminated names.  From Wesley Craig
8579		of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8580	Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
8581		more informative.  It hadn't been using setclass, so you
8582		didn't see the class items being added.
8583	Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
8584		NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
8585		NIS is not running.  Fix from John Oleynick of
8586		Rutgers.
8587	Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
8588		but sets h_errno to a success value.
8589	Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
8590		enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
8591		address specified in the P option).  This fix should
8592		help problems that cause the df file to be left around
8593		sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
8594		the problem myself.
8595	Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
8596		only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
8597		and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
8598		Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
8599	Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
8600		SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
8601		after 25 bad commands are issued.  From Kyle Jones of
8602		UUNET.
8603	Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
8604		fmtmsg overflows the message buffer.  Fixed by trimming
8605		the to address to 203 characters.  Problem reported by
8606		John Oleynick.
8607	Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
8608		a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef.  Pointed out by
8609		George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
8610	Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
8611		lists to be incorrect in some places.  From Motonori
8612		Nakamura.
8613	Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
8614		envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
8615		name server failure.  Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
8616		University of Washington.
8617	Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
8618		don't have an ``=value'' part.
8619	CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
8620		re-queued the message.  Changed to just re-queue the
8621		message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
8622		of the weird way the name server works in the presence
8623		of CNAME loops).  Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
8624		of Cambridge University.
8625	Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
8626		if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
8627		user name.  Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
8628	Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
8629		override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
8630		turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
8631	If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
8632		try it without the trailing dot.  This is because if
8633		you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
8634		to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
8635		perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
8636		be dot terminated in the hosts file.  You don't want to
8637		strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
8638		that country names that match one of your subdomains get
8639		a chance.
8640	PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
8641		From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
8642	CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
8643		This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
8644		address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
8645		IP address), but the code was broken.  However, it will
8646		still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
8647		get client configurations to work (sigh).  Note that this
8648		means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
8649		database!  Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
8650	CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location.  From
8651		Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
8652	CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
8653	CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
8654		and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
8655		size for various mailers.
8656	CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
8657		instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
8658		with other mailers.  From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
8659	CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
8660		qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
8661		instead of user@$j.  From Bill Wisner of The Well.
8662	CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
8663	CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
8664		mailer for IRIX.  This was different than most every other
8665		system.
8666	CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
8667		envelope.  Noted by Thierry Besancon
8668		<besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
8669	CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
8670		don't want it set by default.  Pointed out by Philippe
8671		Michel of Thomson CSF.
8672	CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
8673		host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
8674		".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
8675		instead of "foo.bar".  Also, allow "." in the mailertable
8676		to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
8677		This also moves matching of explicit local host names
8678		before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
8679		cased in the mailertable data.  Reported by Bill
8680		Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
8681		problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
8682		University of Sydney.
8683	CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
8684		locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
8685		This is because of the known bug where definition of
8686		both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
8687		both and deliver into the local mailbox.
8688	CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
8689		are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
8690		reported as ineffective before.  This also frees up
8691		diversion 8 for future use.  Problem reported by Kimmo
8692		Suominen.
8693	CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
8694		into host names.  As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
8695		these are often used because either the forward or reverse
8696		mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
8697	DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide.  From Kimmo
8698		Suominen.
8699	Portability fixes:
8700		Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
8701		DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
8702		GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
8703		Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
8704		NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
8705		BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8706		Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
8707		DGUX from Doug Anderson.
8708		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
8709	NEW FILES:
8710		src/Makefile.DomainOS
8711		src/Makefile.PTX
8712		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
8713		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
8714		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
8715		src/mailq.1
8716		cf/ostype/domainos.m4
8717		doc/op/Makefile
8718		doc/intro/Makefile
8719		doc/usenix/Makefile
8720
87218.6.5/8.6.5	1994/01/13
8722	Security fix:  /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
8723		to allow root to own any file was backwards).  From
8724		Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
8725	Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
8726		were invoked.  This caused programs to have group
8727		permissions they should not have had (usually group
8728		daemon instead of their own group).  In particular,
8729		Perl scripts would refuse to run.
8730	Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
8731		symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
8732		Although this does not respond to a specific known
8733		attack, it's just a good idea.  Suggested by
8734		Christian Wettergren.
8735	Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
8736		a system with a restricted shell listed in their
8737		/etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
8738		program by putting that in their .forward file.
8739		This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
8740		appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
8741		execute a program or write a file.  You can disable
8742		this by putting "*" in /etc/shells.  It also won't
8743		permit world-writable :include: files to reference
8744		programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
8745		These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
8746		example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
8747		file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
8748		the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
8749	Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
8750		looking into subdirectories.  This would potentially
8751		allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
8752		readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
8753	Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
8754		connection to create problems on the current job.
8755		These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
8756		the wrong place.
8757	Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
8758		runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
8759		problem that ignored the load average in locally
8760		generated mail.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8761	Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS.  From
8762		John Orthoefer of BB&N.
8763	Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
8764		too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
8765		NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
8766	Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
8767		when sending error messages.  This resulted in
8768		"unexpected close" messages.  It should fix itself
8769		on the following queue run.  Problem noted by
8770		Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
8771	Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
8772		This seems odd, but it was documented....  From
8773		Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
8774	Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
8775		forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
8776		(actually DefUid).  From Tim Irvin.
8777	Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
8778		of the Chalmers University of Technology.
8779	Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
8780		code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
8781		even though there was a real problem.  Now it assumes
8782		EX_UNAVAILABLE.
8783	Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
8784		no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
8785		"." to be discarded.  Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
8786	Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
8787		to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
8788		a core dump.  From der Mouse at McGill University.
8789	Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
8790		this makes it easier to turn it off (using
8791		-DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile).  From der Mouse.
8792	Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
8793		gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
8794		to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
8795		SunOS.  If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
8796		transfers to slave servers.  Bug noted by Keith
8797		McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
8798	Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
8799		(> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
8800		to be trashed.  Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
8801		Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
8802	Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
8803		defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
8804		file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
8805		dot convention.
8806	Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
8807		of from a clean exit.
8808	If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
8809		"host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
8810		might still be found in /etc/hosts.
8811	Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
8812		as the subject of an error message, even though the
8813		actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
8814		Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
8815	Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking.  From Kyle
8816		Jones of UUNET.
8817	Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
8818		versions of syslog(3).  This adds a new compile time
8819		variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE.  From Jay Plett of Princeton
8820		University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
8821	Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
8822		it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
8823		says that they should be ignored.
8824	Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
8825		debugging).  This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
8826		(with the null input), and logs the result.  This
8827		should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
8828		is not reentrant.
8829	Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
8830		documented in the Bat Book.
8831	If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
8832		return an error message and did not requeue the message.
8833		Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
8834		Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
8835	Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
8836		code during some parts of connection initialization.
8837		I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
8838		the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
8839		any case.  From Amir Plivatsky.
8840	Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
8841		Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8842	Full-Name: field was being ignored.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura
8843		of Kyoto University.
8844	Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
8845		From P{r Emanuelsson.
8846	Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
8847		Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
8848	Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls.  Suggested by
8849		Bryan Costales.
8850	Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
8851		needed for parsing.  Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
8852	Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
8853		(e.g., if all RCPTs failed).  Suggested by Motonori
8854		Nakamura.
8855	Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
8856		address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
8857		illegal addresses appearing there).
8858	Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
8859		BB&N.
8860	Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
8861		included.
8862	Remember to set $i during queue runs.  Reported by Stephen
8863		Campbell of Dartmouth University.
8864	If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
8865		canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
8866		translations so that headers are properly mapped.  Reported
8867		by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
8868	Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
8869		using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
8870	Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
8871		by the other end closing the connection.  From
8872		Dave Morrison of Oracle.
8873	Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
8874		to include a host name or other useful information.
8875	Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems.  From Vince
8876		DeMarco.
8877	Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
8878		NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
8879		forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
8880		the message for retry.  Noted by William C Fenner of
8881		the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
8882	Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
8883		had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
8884	Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
8885		them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
8886		this properly).
8887	Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
8888		``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
8889		null macro.  Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
8890	Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
8891		not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
8892		to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
8893		it was not.  The effect of the problem was to make it
8894		very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
8895		local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
8896		corporate hub.  Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
8897		University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
8898	Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
8899		addresses.  This is more efficient (fewer name server
8900		calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
8901		as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
8902		non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
8903		something else.  Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
8904		of the Institute for Global Communications.
8905	Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
8906		new arguments.  For example, if you used ``sendmail
8907		-C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
8908		the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
8909	Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
8910		mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
8911	Portability fixes for:
8912		SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
8913		SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
8914		System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
8915		OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
8916		DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
8917			of Stoner Associates.
8918		Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
8919		Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
8920			of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
8921			of Maryland.
8922		FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
8923		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
8924		TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
8925		Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
8926		Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
8927		RISC/os.
8928		Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
8929			at Chico.
8930		Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
8931		NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
8932		HP-UX from various people.  NOTA BENE:  the location
8933			of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
8934			to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
8935	CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
8936		since this is intended only for internal use, the
8937		usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed.  The
8938		main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
8939		addresses when relaying internally.
8940	CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
8941		syntax addresses delivered via UUCP.  Solution
8942		provided by Peter Wemm.
8943	CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
8944		zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses.  From
8945		Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
8946	CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
8947		from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
8948	CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
8949		this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
8950		that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
8951		names.
8952	CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
8953		rather than letting them get "local configuration
8954		error"s.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
8955	CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
8956		by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
8957		has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax.  This
8958		also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
8959		"uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
8960	CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
8961		<kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
8962	CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
8963	CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
8964		``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
8965		was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
8966		added to the address.  Problem noted by Peter Wan
8967		of Georgia Tech.
8968	CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w.  From
8969		Jim Murray of Stratus.
8970	CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
8971		mailer flag.  Briefly, if you are sending to host
8972		"foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
8973		"foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
8974		the local name prepended.
8975	CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
8976	DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
8977	MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
8978		which lack newline.  From Mark Delany.
8979	MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
8980		in and out of the system).  From Tom Ferrin of UC
8981		San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
8982	SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
8983		On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
8984			/usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
8985		Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
8986			:include: files and accounts that have shells
8987			that are not listed in /etc/shells.  This may
8988			cause some .forward files that have worked
8989			before to start failing.
8990		SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
8991	NEW FILES:
8992		src/Makefile.DGUX
8993		src/Makefile.Dynix
8994		src/Makefile.FreeBSD
8995		src/Makefile.Mach386
8996		src/Makefile.NetBSD
8997		src/Makefile.RISCos
8998		src/Makefile.SCO
8999		src/Makefile.SVR4
9000		src/Makefile.Titan
9001		cf/mailer/pop.m4
9002		cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
9003		cf/ostype/dgux.m4
9004		cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
9005		cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4
9006		makemap/Makefile.dist
9007		praliases/Makefile.dist
9008
90098.6.4/8.6.4	1993/10/31
9010	Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
9011		if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
9012		savemail.  Problem reported by Richard Liu.
9013	Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP.  This
9014		makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
9015		class of attack.
9016	Reliability Fix:  check return value from fclose() and fsync()
9017		in a few critical places.
9018	Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
9019		redirecting the output channel on queue runs.  It's
9020		not clear this code even does anything.  From Eric
9021		Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
9022		and High-Energy Physics.
9023	Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
9024		such as double-reading the Errors-To: header.  From
9025		Eric Wassenaar.
9026	Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
9027		data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
9028		fix causes them to be properly reported.  From Eric
9029		Wassenaar.
9030	Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
9031		really become relevant in the next release, but some
9032		people need it for local patches.  From Michael
9033		Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9034	Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
9035		for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
9036		these can have different values depending on which
9037		envelope they are in.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9038	Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
9039		what uid/gid processes ran as.
9040	Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
9041		the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
9042		this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
9043		postmaster" case.
9044	Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
9045	Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
9046		file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
9047	CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
9048		addresses (so that it matches local again).  From
9049		Christopher Davis.
9050	CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
9051		this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
9052		``From   Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''.  From Motonori
9053		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9054	CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly.  This isn't legal, but
9055		it shouldn't fail miserably.  From Motonori Nakamura.
9056
90578.6.2/8.6.2	1993/10/15
9058	Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
9059		addresses that get return-receipts.
9060	Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
9061		messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
9062		and end up sending the message several times.
9063	Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
9064		message.  Currently, it just says "cannot send for
9065		four hours".
9066	Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
9067		returntosender messages.  It was previously listed as
9068		the current time.  Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
9069		Cornell University Medical College.
9070	If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
9071		don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
9072		in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
9073		hang up under some bizarre circumstances.  From Eric
9074		Wassenaar.
9075	Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
9076		connections fail during message collection.  From
9077		Eric Wassenaar.
9078	Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
9079		name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
9080		the DATA command.  Problem reported by Jim Murray of
9081		Stratus.
9082	Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
9083		incorrectly resolves to a null hostname.  Reported by
9084		Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9085	Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
9086		by non-root users were not put into
9087		X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
9088		config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet.  Fix
9089		from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
9090	Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
9091		could get confused as to whether a database was
9092		open or not.
9093	Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
9094		intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
9095		configuration syntax.  (This is a "new feature",
9096		but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
9097		that this is a highly exceptional case.)
9098	Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
9099		SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
9100		(from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
9101	CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
9102
91038.6.1/8.6	1993/10/08
9104	Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
9105	Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
9106		causing an error during parsing, that message was never
9107		propagated to the queue file.
9108
91098.6/8.6		1993/10/05
9110	Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
9111		conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
9112	If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
9113		getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
9114		large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
9115		header files but don't have the syscall.
9116	Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
9117		if trymx == FALSE.
9118	Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
9119		delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
9120		in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
9121		line).  Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9122	Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
9123		is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9124	Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
9125		Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
9126		(from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
9127		NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
9128		Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
9129		Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
9130		Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
9131	Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs.  From Takahiro
9132		Kanbe.
9133	Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
9134		name already exists.  Problem stumbled over by Bill
9135		Wisner of The Well.
9136	Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
9137		Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
9138	Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
9139		:include: files.  This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
9140		slightly more.  This includes proper setting of groups
9141		when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
9142		files that you should be able to read but have previously
9143		been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
9144		read permission.
9145	Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
9146		if the user is forced to override some silly system,
9147		MX suppression will still work.
9148	Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
9149		calling expensive routines.  In at least one case, it
9150		wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
9151		same result.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9152	Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
9153		condition from a non-SMTP mailer.  From Motonori
9154		Nakamura.
9155	Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
9156		"CX $Z" works.
9157	Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
9158		trying to send the original message if the connection
9159		is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
9160		on an RCPT command (pretty obscure).  Problem reported
9161		by John Myers of CMU.
9162	Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
9163		term bug.
9164	Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
9165		cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
9166		it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
9167		only on some architectures.  Although sendmail would
9168		keep trying, it would send error messages on each
9169		queue interval.  This is an important fix.
9170	Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
9171	Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
9172		ruleset testing a bit easier.
9173	Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
9174		line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
9175		level.
9176	Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
9177		the command line.  This is only done if there is exactly
9178		one recipient.  Technically, this does not meet the
9179		specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
9180		address.
9181	Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
9182		you used the -t flag.  Problem noted by Josh Smith of
9183		Harvey Mudd College.
9184	Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
9185		``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''.  This is to
9186		avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
9187		their full name information.
9188	Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
9189		an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
9190		defined in the config file H lines.  From J.R. Oldroyd.
9191	Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
9192		wrong when compiling.  Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
9193	Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
9194		df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
9195		give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
9196		Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9197	Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
9198		protocol timeouts (30s default).  Requested by Murray
9199		Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
9200		PC TCP/IP implementations.
9201	Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
9202		the domain name on config level 5.  The $j macro defaults
9203		to the FQDN; $m remains as before.  This lets well-behaved
9204		config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
9205		names.
9206	Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
9207		builds.  I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
9208		helpful.
9209	Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
9210		get a queue file for an already completed job.  This
9211		problem has existed for years.  Problem noted by the
9212		long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9213	Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
9214		udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
9215		it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
9216	Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
9217		that claims to be itself works properly.
9218	Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
9219		buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
9220		it right.  Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
9221		recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
9222	Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
9223		resolve /file/name style addresses.  Fix from Jonathan
9224		Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9225	Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
9226		be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
9227		queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
9228		would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
9229		scratch.
9230	Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
9231		true address to still send to the original address
9232		if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
9233		ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
9234		Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
9235	Remove support for frozen configuration files.  They caused
9236		more trouble than it was worth.
9237	Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
9238		using both -odb and -t flags.  Problem noted by Rob
9239		McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
9240	Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w.  For example,
9241		if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
9242		contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
9243	Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
9244		the queue.
9245	Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
9246		messages don't come out with stale information.
9247	Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
9248		will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
9249	Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
9250		for MAXIPADDR in conf.h.  Suggested by John Gardiner
9251		Myers of CMU.
9252	Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
9253		an SMTP RSET command.  Problem and fix from Michael
9254		Corrigan.
9255	Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
9256		negative.  Error reports still go to the envelope
9257		sender address.
9258	Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
9259	Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
9260	Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
9261		set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
9262		run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
9263		(although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
9264		so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
9265		that does bulk data transfer).
9266	Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups.  Problem reported by
9267		Amir Plivatsky.
9268	Diagnose crufty S and V config lines.  This resulted from an
9269		observation that some people were using the SITE macro
9270		without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
9271		bogus config files that were not caught.
9272	Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
9273		on instead).  THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
9274	Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
9275		you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
9276		locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
9277	Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
9278		:include:s don't use the wrong uid.
9279	If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
9280		called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
9281		This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
9282		alias file.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
9283	Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
9284		if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
9285	Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
9286		opened or if running with no database format defined.
9287	Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
9288		is set.  Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9289	Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
9290		mailers) to be ignored in SMTP.  Problem noted and the
9291		solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
9292		Melbourne.
9293	Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
9294		hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
9295		returns the real name.  This allows mailertable entries
9296		to match regular entries.
9297	Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
9298		feature, even if it doesn't work right.
9299	Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
9300		This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
9301	Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
9302		for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
9303		Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
9304	Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
9305		error message so that the "subject" line of return
9306		messages is the best possible.
9307	CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
9308		parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
9309		define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
9310	CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
9311		connections (domain-ized UUCP).
9312	CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
9313		name).  Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9314	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
9315		DNS.  This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
9316	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
9317	CONFIG: log $u in Received: line.  This is in technical violation
9318		of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
9319		on the address.
9320	CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
9321		if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
9322		the "m" flag should you want it.  Apparently some Solaris 2.2
9323		installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
9324		Problem noted by Josh Smith.
9325	CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
9326	CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
9327	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
9328		forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
9329		addresses in any detail.
9330	CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
9331		used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
9332	CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
9333		with an address such as "!foo".
9334	CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
9335		the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken.  There's a better
9336		way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
9337		want to hold it for another release.  Problem noted by
9338		Bret Marquis.
9339
93408.5/8.5		1993/07/23
9341	Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
9342		sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
9343		everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
9344		would do the return itself).  Problem noted by Josh Smith.
9345	Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
9346		even during a T_ANY query.  This actually didn't break
9347		anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
9348		with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
9349		records, but it is somewhat cleaner.  From Motonori
9350		Nakamura.
9351	Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
9352		are no DNS records matching the name.
9353	Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
9354		original message was received ... from localhost".
9355		The correct original host information is now included.
9356	Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
9357		version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag).  Change it
9358		to use -f instead.  From John Myers.
9359	CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
9360		esmtp -- it should be smtp.
9361	CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
9362		to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
9363		else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
9364		this cleans up the configs somewhat.  This fixes a serious
9365		problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
9366		pointed out by John Myers.  WARNING: this also causes
9367		the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
9368		"relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
9369
93708.4/8.4		1993/07/22
9371	Add option `w'.  If you receive a message that comes to you because
9372		you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
9373		you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
9374		your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
9375		host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all).  If
9376		`w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
9377		Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
9378		"message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
9379		are really configuration errors.  This option is
9380		disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
9381		UIUC sendmail.
9382	Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
9383		when sendmail forks after the DATA command.  This caused
9384		calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
9385		entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
9386		potentially prodigious amount of time.  Problem noted
9387		by Neil Rickert.
9388	Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
9389		addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
9390		suppress the sending of the message.  This changes
9391		handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
9392		EF_GLOBALERRS flag.  This also fixes a potential problem
9393		with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
9394		in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
9395		in processing.  Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
9396		of Harvey Mudd College.  This release includes quite a bit
9397		of dickering with error handling (see below).
9398	Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error.  This
9399		will only hurt already-broken software and should help
9400		humans.
9401	Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
9402		compiled in.  It would never read the alias file.
9403	Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
9404		repaired).
9405	Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
9406		log this even when the queue file still existed.  Change
9407		this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
9408		queue file is actually removed.  From John Myers.
9409	Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
9410		is no pending transaction.  Some senders just close the
9411		connection rather than sending QUIT.
9412	Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
9413		domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
9414		the subsequent host name lookup to fail.  The problem
9415		only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
9416		Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
9417	Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
9418		unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
9419		core dumps on some machines.
9420	Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
9421		Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
9422		then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
9423		(confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
9424		returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
9425		whether you were running VERBose mode.  Now it usually
9426		diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
9427		Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
9428		some true error conditions.
9429	Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
9430		These are not reported only to Postmaster.  Unbalanced
9431		parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
9432		They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
9433	Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
9434		failed and the alias they arose from.  This makes it
9435		somewhat easier to diagnose problems.  Difficulty noted
9436		by Motonori Nakamura.
9437	Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
9438		that shouldn't have had one during a queue run.  This
9439		caused error messages to be handled differently during
9440		a queue run than a direct run.
9441	Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
9442		the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
9443		just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
9444	Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
9445		auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
9446		Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
9447		daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
9448		restart it.
9449	Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
9450		IDENT daemon to screw up.  This required that I change
9451		HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
9452		changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
9453		to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
9454		as well as the effective.  The program test/t_setreuid.c
9455		will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
9456		is appropriately functional.
9457	The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
9458		fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
9459		but it wasn't being enabled.  Problem noted by Murray
9460		Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
9461	Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
9462		code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
9463		with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
9464		confusing.  Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
9465		Technologies.
9466	Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
9467		process group id.  The original fix was to get around
9468		some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
9469		any call from a shell that creates a process group id
9470		different from the process id.  I could try to fix
9471		this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
9472		equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
9473		things.
9474	Portability changes:
9475		Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
9476			DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
9477			instead of using standard flags.  Oh joy.  This
9478			behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
9479			of Colorado.
9480		SGI IRIX  -- this includes several changes that should
9481			help other strict ANSI compilers.
9482		SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
9483			Corporation.
9484		Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
9485			documentation apparently doesn't define
9486			__STDC__ by default).
9487		ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
9488		Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
9489			Motonori Nakamura.
9490	CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
9491	CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
9492		several people have made a good argument that this
9493		creates more problems than it solves (although this
9494		may prove painful in the short run).
9495	CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
9496		format.
9497	CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
9498		98 (8 on old sendmail).  Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
9499		addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
9500	CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
9501		internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
9502		ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
9503		the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
9504		These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
9505	CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
9506		ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
9507		ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_').  Problem found by Rein Tollevik
9508		of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
9509	CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
9510		early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
9511		things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
9512		Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
9513	CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
9514		esmtp) to send SMTP mail.  This allows you to default
9515		to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
9516		deal with broken servers.  This logic was pointed out
9517		to me by Bill Wisner.  Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
9518	Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
9519		environments.  Ugly as sin.
9520
95218.3/8.3		1993/07/13
9522	Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
9523		like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
9524		or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied".  This
9525		involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
9526		the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
9527		that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
9528		some systems badly.  This includes some fixes for
9529		HP-UX.  Also fixes problems where the real uid is
9530		not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
9531	Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
9532		addresses that timed out.  Error messages are also more
9533		"user friendly".
9534	Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
9535		16 bytes/sec.
9536	Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
9537		compatibility library.  This also adds a new
9538		"HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
9539		you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
9540		These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
9541		University of Oregon.  This now seems to work, at least
9542		for quick test cases.
9543	Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
9544		sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
9545		and at least one of those addresses is good and points
9546		to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
9547	Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
9548		returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
9549		the "to" address).  Problem noted by John Myers.
9550	Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
9551		on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case.  This
9552		isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
9553		From Michael Corrigan.
9554	CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
9555		messages sent through UUCP-family mailers.  Suggested
9556		by Bill Wisner of The Well.
9557	CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
9558		include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
9559		addressing.  Suggested by Bill Wisner.
9560	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
9561		LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS.  Suggested by
9562		Christophe Wolfhugel.
9563	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3).  From Christophe Wolfhugel.
9564
95658.2/8.2		1993/07/11
9566	Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
9567	On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
9568		header) for back compatibility.  NOTE:  this DOES NOT
9569		imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
9570	Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1.  Why, why, why???
9571	Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
9572		SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
9573		logging it in the transcript can be confusing.  Fix
9574		from Bill Wisner.
9575	IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
9576		<drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
9577	Solaris 2 compatibility changes.  Provided by Bob Cunningham
9578		<bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
9579		<juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
9580	Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
9581		move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
9582		match the other flags in that file.
9583	Flush transcript before fork in mailfile().  From Eric Wassenaar.
9584	Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
9585		Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
9586	Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
9587		failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
9588		reference in very weird cases.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9589	Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
9590		forks.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9591	Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
9592		Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
9593		re-using old value).  From Motonori Nakamura.
9594	Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
9595		was specified, it would still replace the key with the
9596		value.  Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
9597	If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
9598		message would ever be sent back.  The timeout code
9599		has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
9600		so that all such failures should be diagnosed.  Pointed
9601		out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
9602	Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
9603		forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
9604		user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
9605		when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
9606		have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
9607		the root and directories leading up to your home);
9608		include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
9609		be owned by you.
9610	If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
9611		reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
9612		on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
9613		the user's home directory isn't x'able.
9614	Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
9615	Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
9616	Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
9617		get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second.  Note that
9618		this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
9619		is separate; this is just intended to work around
9620		network clogs that will occur before the final dot
9621		is sent.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9622	Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
9623		it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
9624		matching without a null it never tries again with a
9625		null and vice versa.  If -N is specified, it never
9626		tries without the null and creates new maps with a
9627		null byte.  If -O is specified, it never tries with
9628		the null (for efficiency).  If -N and -O are specified,
9629		you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
9630		be a bad idea.  If you don't specify either -N or -O,
9631		it adapts.
9632	Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
9633		will insert the appropriate full name information;
9634		this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
9635		way.
9636	Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
9637		log.  For example, if you lost a connection, don't
9638		bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
9639	Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
9640		why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
9641		one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
9642		only happen when there has been another error in the
9643		same transaction.  This requires XDEBUG, defined
9644		by default in conf.h.
9645	Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
9646		all SMTP transactions.  This is intended ONLY for
9647		debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
9648		it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
9649		and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
9650		This output is not intended to be particularly human
9651		readable.  This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
9652		flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
9653	CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer.  If you
9654		have a local net that should get direct connects, you
9655		will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
9656		See cf/README for an example.
9657	CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
9658		sites that don't use the -d flag.
9659	CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
9660		behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
9661		has been requested by several people, but can break
9662		local aliases.  For example, if you mail to "localalias"
9663		this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
9664		although initial delivery will work, replies will be
9665		broken.  Use it sparingly.
9666	CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable).  This maps unqualified domains
9667		to qualified domains in headers.  I believe this is
9668		largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
9669	CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k.  This permits you
9670		to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
9671		in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names.  From
9672		Bill Wisner of The Well.
9673	CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
9674		first.  This is currently unused in the config files,
9675		but could be used in a mailertable entry.
9676
96778.1C/8.1B	1993/06/27
9678	Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
9679		the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
9680	If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
9681		immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
9682		This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
9683	CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
9684
96858.1B/8.1A	1993/06/12
9686	Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
9687		two tokens in classes instead of one.  Found by Claus
9688		Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
9689
96908.1A/8.1A	1993/06/08
9691	Another mailertable fix....
9692
96938.1/8.1		1993/06/07
9694	4.4BSD freeze.  No semantic changes.
9695